WO2023127402A1 - Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film - Google Patents

Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023127402A1
WO2023127402A1 PCT/JP2022/044585 JP2022044585W WO2023127402A1 WO 2023127402 A1 WO2023127402 A1 WO 2023127402A1 JP 2022044585 W JP2022044585 W JP 2022044585W WO 2023127402 A1 WO2023127402 A1 WO 2023127402A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
groups
photosensitive composition
epoxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/044585
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
二郎 引田
和之 古谷
Original Assignee
東京応化工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 東京応化工業株式会社 filed Critical 東京応化工業株式会社
Publication of WO2023127402A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023127402A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F290/00Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups
    • C08F290/08Macromolecular compounds obtained by polymerising monomers on to polymers modified by introduction of aliphatic unsaturated end or side groups on to polymers modified by introduction of unsaturated side groups
    • C08F290/14Polymers provided for in subclass C08G
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08GMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
    • C08G59/00Polycondensates containing more than one epoxy group per molecule; Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups
    • C08G59/18Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing
    • C08G59/20Macromolecules obtained by polymerising compounds containing more than one epoxy group per molecule using curing agents or catalysts which react with the epoxy groups ; e.g. general methods of curing characterised by the epoxy compounds used
    • C08G59/32Epoxy compounds containing three or more epoxy groups
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/075Silicon-containing compounds
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a photosensitive composition, a cured product of the photosensitive composition, and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the photosensitive composition.
  • Such a photosensitive composition includes, for example, an acrylic resin, a silane coupling agent having a specific structure, and a polymerizable compound as a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured film having sufficient adhesion to a substrate.
  • a photosensitive composition has been proposed (see Patent Document 1).
  • Such a functional layer or the like is produced, for example, by applying and exposing a photosensitive composition, followed by heating. Also, by performing position-selective exposure, a patterned cured product having a desired shape can be formed.
  • a conventional photosensitive composition such as that disclosed in Patent Document 1 is used to produce a finely patterned cured product by heating at a low temperature, there is a problem that it is difficult to form a cured product with excellent adhesion to the substrate. be.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product that is finely patterned and has excellent adhesion to a substrate even by heat treatment at a low temperature, and the photosensitive composition.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a cured product of a product and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the above photosensitive composition.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (A) contains an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C), and a silane coupling agent (D), and the alkali-soluble resin (A) has a specific structure having a carboxy group.
  • a reaction product of a compound (A-1) and an epoxy compound (A-2) containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure Using a reaction product of a compound (A-1) and an epoxy compound (A-2) containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure, the inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by using a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group as the silane coupling agent (D), and have completed the present invention.
  • the present invention provides the following.
  • a first aspect of the present invention comprises an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C), and a silane coupling agent (D),
  • the alkali-soluble resin (A) has the following formula (a-1): (In formula (a-1), X a is the following formula (a-2): Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two carboxylic anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and R a0 is a hydrogen atom or —CO—Y a —COOH.
  • Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the carboxylic anhydride group from the dicarboxylic anhydride, t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less,
  • R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group
  • t2 represents 0 or 1
  • W a represents the following formula (a-3): represents a group represented by Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent.
  • the silane coupling agent (D) is a photosensitive composition containing a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
  • a second aspect of the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive composition according to the first aspect.
  • a third aspect of the present invention is to apply the photosensitive composition according to the first aspect on a substrate to form a coating film; position-selectively exposing the coating film; and developing the exposed coating film with a developer.
  • a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product that is finely patterned and has excellent adhesion to a substrate even by heat treatment at a low temperature
  • a cured product of the photosensitive composition and the above-described photosensitive and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the composition.
  • the photosensitive composition contains an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photoinitiator (C) and a silane coupling agent (D).
  • the alkali-soluble resin (A) has the following formula (a-1): (In formula (a-1), X a is the following formula (a-2): Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two carboxylic anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and R a0 is a hydrogen atom or —CO—Y a —COOH.
  • Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the carboxylic anhydride group from the dicarboxylic anhydride, t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less,
  • R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group
  • t2 represents 0 or 1
  • W a represents the following formula (a-3): represents a group represented by Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent.
  • the silane coupling agent (D) includes a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
  • the photosensitive composition contains a reaction product of the above compound (A-1) as the alkali-soluble resin (A) and the epoxy compound (A-2), and a radically polymerizable group as the silane coupling agent (D).
  • a silane coupling agent (D1) having a group in combination even if the heat treatment (post-baking) after exposure is performed at a low temperature (for example, 110 ° C. or less, preferably 100 ° C. or less), fine patterning is obtained. Moreover, a cured product having excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
  • a cured product consisting of fine lines (for example, a fine line pattern with a width of 10 ⁇ m or less, preferably 8 ⁇ m or less) that has excellent adhesion to the substrate. Therefore, for example, even if the substrate has a heat-sensitive member such as a light-emitting layer and is difficult to heat to a high temperature, a cured product that is finely patterned and has excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
  • the photosensitive composition when used, even if heat treatment after exposure is performed at a low temperature, sufficiently high solvent resistance of the cured product can be easily obtained.
  • Organic solvents are often used in the manufacturing process of manufacturing functional layers such as insulating layers in various semiconductor devices and image display panels such as liquid crystal display panels and organic EL display panels. Since the photosensitive composition gives a cured product with high solvent resistance, it is suitable for applications in which an organic solvent is used in the manufacturing process.
  • the photosensitive composition comprises a reaction product of the above compound (A-1) as an alkali-soluble resin (A) and an epoxy compound (A-2), and a radically polymerizable silane coupling agent (D).
  • a silane coupling agent (D1) having a group-containing group in combination and does not contain a colorant
  • a cured product having high light transmittance and excellent transparency can be formed using the photosensitive composition.
  • the photosensitive composition contains an alkali-soluble resin (A).
  • the alkali-soluble resin (A) contains a reaction product of the aforementioned compound (A-1) and the aforementioned epoxy compound (A-2).
  • this reactant is also referred to as “reactant (AI)”.
  • the alkali-soluble resin (A) refers to a resin having a functional group (for example, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, etc.) that imparts alkali-solubility in the molecule.
  • the photosensitive composition may contain, as the alkali-soluble resin (A), an alkali-soluble resin other than the reactant (AI) together with the reactant (AI).
  • the mass ratio of the reactant (AI) in the alkali-soluble resin (A) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining the desired effect by using the reactant (AI). The above is more preferable, 90% by mass or more is even more preferable, and 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • Alkali-soluble resins other than reactant (AI) include novolak resins (A-II), modified epoxy resins (A-III), and acrylic resins (A-IV).
  • the reactant (AI), novolak resin (A-II), modified epoxy resin (A-III), and acrylic resin (A-IV) are described below.
  • the compound (A-1) is a cardo resin having a so-called cardo structure.
  • X a represents a group represented by formula (a-2) below.
  • t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less.
  • R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom
  • R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group
  • t2 represents 0 or 1
  • W a represents a group represented by the following formula (a-3).
  • R a3 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. is particularly preferred, and ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl and propane-1,3-diyl groups are most preferred.
  • Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent.
  • the aliphatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
  • Aliphatic rings include monocycloalkanes, bicycloalkanes, tricycloalkanes, tetracycloalkanes and the like. Specific examples include monocycloalkanes such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane and cyclooctane, adamantane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane and tetracyclododecane.
  • the aromatic ring which may be condensed with the aliphatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Specifically, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferred.
  • Suitable examples of the divalent group represented by formula (a-3) include the following groups.
  • the divalent group X a in the formula (a-1) can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride that gives the residue Z a with a diol compound represented by the following formula (a-2a). It is introduced into the resin (a-1).
  • R a1 , R a2 , R a3 and t2 are as described for formula (a-2).
  • Ring A in formula (a-2a) is as described for formula (a-3).
  • a diol compound represented by formula (a-2a) can be produced, for example, by the following method.
  • the hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group of the diol compound represented by the following formula (a-2b) is, if necessary, replaced by a group represented by —R a3 —OH according to a conventional method, Glycidylation is performed using epichlorohydrin or the like to obtain an epoxy compound represented by the following formula (a-2c).
  • the epoxy compound represented by formula (a-2c) is reacted with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid to obtain the diol compound represented by formula (a-2a).
  • R a1 , R a3 and t2 are as described for formula (a-2).
  • Ring A in formulas (a-2b) and (a-2c) is as described for formula (a-3).
  • the method for producing the diol compound represented by formula (a-2a) is not limited to the above method.
  • Suitable examples of the diol compound represented by formula (a-2b) include the following diol compounds.
  • R a0 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by —CO—Y a —COOH.
  • Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the acid anhydride group (--CO--O--CO--) from the dicarboxylic acid anhydride.
  • dicarboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylendomethylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride.
  • Examples include phthalic anhydride and glutaric anhydride.
  • Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two acid anhydride groups from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (a-4), pyromellitic dianhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride. , biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like.
  • t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less.
  • R a4 , R a5 , and R a6 are each independently one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a fluorine atom. and t3 is an integer from 0 to 12.
  • the alkyl group that can be selected as R a4 in formula (a-4) is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. By setting the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group within this range, the heat resistance of the obtained carboxylic acid ester can be further improved.
  • R a4 is an alkyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms thereof is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and 1 or more and 4 or less, from the viewpoint of easily increasing the heat resistance of the reactant (AI). is more preferable, and 1 or more and 3 or less is particularly preferable.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • R a4 in formula (a-4) is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms independently from the viewpoint that the heat resistance of the reactant (AI) can be easily increased.
  • R a4 in formula (a-4) is more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group or an isopropyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Plural R a4 groups in formula (a-4) are preferably the same group, since this facilitates the preparation of a highly pure tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • t3 in formula (a-4) represents an integer of 0 or more and 12 or less. By setting the value of t3 to 12 or less, purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be facilitated.
  • the upper limit of t3 is preferably 5, more preferably 3, from the viewpoint of facilitating purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
  • the lower limit of t3 is preferably 1, more preferably 2.
  • t3 in formula (a-4) is particularly preferably 2 or 3.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be selected as R a5 and R a6 in formula (a-4) is the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be selected as R a4 .
  • R a5 and R a6 each have a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 5, since purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is easy, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less), and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (a-4) include norbornane-2-spiro- ⁇ -cyclopentanone- ⁇ ′-spiro-2′′-norbornane-5,5′′, 6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (also known as "norbornane-2-spiro-2'-cyclopentanone-5'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6'' -tetracarboxylic dianhydride”), methylnorbornane-2-spiro- ⁇ -cyclopentanone- ⁇ ′-spiro-2′′-(methylnorbornane)-5,5′′,6,6′′-tetra Carboxylic acid dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro- ⁇ -cyclohexanone- ⁇ '-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydr
  • the weight average molecular weight of compound (A-1) is preferably 1000 or more and 40000 or less, more preferably 1500 or more and 30000 or less, and even more preferably 2000 or more and 10000 or less.
  • the use of the reactant (AI) as the alkali-soluble resin (A) makes it particularly easy to increase the solvent resistance of the cured product of the photosensitive composition.
  • Epoxy compound (A-2) is an epoxy compound containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure.
  • phloroglucinol triglydyl ether corresponds to the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • the benzene ring structure corresponds to "a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring”.
  • three glycidyloxy groups correspond to "three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to a cyclic structure".
  • the cyclic structure having 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups means that 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups are bonded to the monocyclic structure or condensed cyclic structure.
  • a glycidyl ether type phenol novolac epoxy resin does not fall under the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • a glycidyl ether type phenol novolak epoxy resin usually contains a plurality of benzene ring structures as a cyclic structure and has 3 or more glycidyloxy groups as 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups.
  • the glycidyl ether type phenol novolac epoxy resin only one glycidyloxy group is bonded to the monocyclic benzene ring structure. For this reason, glycidyl ether type phenol novolac epoxy resins do not satisfy the requirement that "three or more epoxy group-containing groups are bonded to a monocyclic structure or condensed cyclic structure".
  • Compounds suitable as the epoxy compound (A-2) include compounds represented by the following formula (A-2a) or the following formula (A-2b).
  • X a1 , X a2 and X a3 are epoxy group-containing groups.
  • X a4 and X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups or alkyl groups.
  • at least three of x1 X a4 and x1 X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups.
  • x1 is an integer of 3 or more.
  • X a11 to X a13 are linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups, arylene groups, —O—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —NH—, and combinations thereof It is a group consisting of X a11 to X a13 may be the same or different, and are preferably the same.
  • E1 to E3 are each independently an oxiranyl group, an epoxycycloalkyl group, or an epoxypolycycloalkyl group.
  • the epoxycycloalkyl group means a group in which at least one of the saturated carbon-carbon bonds represented by >CH—CH ⁇ in the cycloalkyl group is substituted with the structure containing the following oxirane ring.
  • An epoxypolycycloalkyl group means a group in which at least one saturated carbon-carbon bond in a polycycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group or a tricyclodecanyl group is substituted with a structure containing the following oxirane ring.
  • epoxycycloalkyl groups and epoxypolycycloalkyl groups include the following groups.
  • the linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group for X a11 to X a13 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 or more and 10 or less carbon atoms.
  • arylene groups for X a11 to X a13 arylene groups having 6 or more and 10 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
  • X a11 to X a13 are linear alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenylene groups, —O—, —C( ⁇ O)—, —NH—, and groups consisting of combinations thereof.
  • At least one of straight-chain alkylene groups and phenylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, or these and at least -O-, -C( O)- and NH- A group consisting of a combination of one species is preferred.
  • Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by formula (A-2a1) include the following compounds.
  • a cyclic siloxane compound represented by the following formula (A-2b) is preferably used as the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • X a4 and X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups or alkyl groups.
  • at least three of x1 X a4 and x1 X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups.
  • x1 is an integer of 3 or more.
  • the epoxy group-containing groups as X a4 and X a5 are not particularly limited. As X a4 and X a5 , the same epoxy group-containing groups as X a1 , X a2 and X a3 in formula (A-2a) can be employed. Glycidyloxyalkyl groups, epoxycycloalkylalkyl groups, and epoxypolycycloalkylalkyl groups are preferred as the epoxy group-containing groups for X a4 and X a5 .
  • Suitable examples of glycidyloxyalkyl groups include, for example, 3-glycidyloxy-n-propyl group, 2-glycidyloxyethyl group, and 4-glycidyloxy-n-butyl group.
  • epoxycycloalkylalkyl groups and epoxypolycycloalkylalkyl groups include the following groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups for X a4 and X a5 is not particularly limited.
  • the alkyl group include 1 to 18 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms) such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, and isopropyl group. can be mentioned linear or branched alkyl groups.
  • a combination of X a4 and X a5 a combination of an alkyl group and an epoxy group-containing group is preferable.
  • x1 in the formula (A-2b) represents an integer of 3 or more, and an integer of 3 or more and 6 or less is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent reactivity with the compound (A-1).
  • the number of epoxy group-containing groups in the molecule of the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b) is 3 or more, preferably 3 or more and 6 or less from the viewpoint of reactivity with compound (A-1), particularly Preferably 3 or 4.
  • Suitable specific examples of the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b) include the following compounds.
  • the method for producing the reactant (AI) is not particularly limited as long as the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) can proceed satisfactorily.
  • the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is specifically a reaction between the carboxy group of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy group of the epoxy compound. .
  • the reactant (A-I) is usually a compound represented by the following formula (A-1a), a compound represented by the following formula (A-1b), and a compound represented by the following formula (A1-c). It consists of one or more selected from the group consisting of
  • each R A is independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the following formula (Ai), or the following formula (Aii ) is a group represented by In formulas (A-1a), (A-1b), and (A-1c), multiple RAs may be the same or different.
  • the group represented by the formula (Ai) and the group represented by the formula (Aii) are groups derived from the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • R 02 , R 03 and R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group possessed by the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • Each R 01 is independently a single bond or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group of the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • R 04 and R 01 are organic groups constituting epoxy group-containing groups, they may be combined to form a ring.
  • R EP is a cyclic group that has two or more epoxy group-containing groups that may be reacted with a carboxy group in compound (A-1) and gives a cyclic structure in epoxy compound (A-2).
  • the group represented by formula (Ai) and the group represented by formula (Aii) are groups derived from the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • An epoxy compound having an epoxy group-containing group and REP giving a group represented by formula (Ai) or formula (Aii) is represented by formula (Aiii) below.
  • R 01 , R 02 , R 03 , R 04 , and R EP are as described above for formula (Ai) and formula (Aii).
  • two or more of the plurality of R A are groups represented by formula (Ai), or groups represented by formula (Aii)
  • groups represented by formula (Aii) In the case of represented groups, in these groups, multiple R 01 , multiple R 02 , multiple R 03 , multiple R 04 , and multiple R EP may be the same or different. good.
  • the reactant is a compound represented by the above formula (A1-c)
  • a part of R A in formula (A1-c) is a group represented by formula (Ai)
  • formula (Ai ) in which two or more epoxy group-containing groups possessed by R EP react with the carboxy group in compound (A-1) the structure of the compound is shown as formula (A-1d) below.
  • X a , Y a , Z a and t1 are as described above for formula (a-1).
  • Each RA is independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the above formula (Ai), or a group represented by the above formula (Aii).
  • R 02 , R 03 and R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group of the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • Each R 01 is independently a single bond or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group of the epoxy compound (A-2). When R 04 and R 01 are organic groups constituting an epoxy group-containing group, they may be combined to form a ring.
  • R EP is a cyclic group that has two or more epoxy group-containing groups that may be reacted with a carboxy group in compound (A-1) and gives a cyclic structure in epoxy compound (A-2).
  • R A shown in formula (A-1d) is a group represented by formula (Ai) above or a group represented by formula (Aii) above
  • R EP in R A has two or more The epoxy group-containing group of may react with the carboxy group in compound (A-1).
  • the ratio at which two or more epoxy group-containing groups possessed by R EP react with the carboxy group in compound (A-1) depends on the charging ratio of compound (A-1) and epoxy compound (A-2) and the compound ( It can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the conditions for the reaction between A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • x2 and x3 are each an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • R EP in formula (A-1d) is derived from the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2a)
  • x2 and x3 are each 1 or 0, and the sum of x2 and x3 is 1. be. If x2 is 0, then x3 is 1.
  • the carboxyl group of the compound (A-1) and the unreacted epoxy group-containing group are present in the reactant represented by the formula (A1-d).
  • R EP in formula (A-1d) is derived from the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b)
  • x2 and x3 are each integers of 0 or more and (x1 ⁇ 2 ⁇ 2) or less.
  • x1 is as described for formula (A-2b).
  • R EP in formula (A1-d) is derived from the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b), and the total number of epoxy group-containing groups as X a4 and X a5 in formula (A-2b) is x4.
  • x2 is 0 or more and less than (x4-2)
  • the carboxy group and unreacted epoxy group of compound (A-1) are present in the reactant represented by formula (A1-d). Including groups are present.
  • the reactant (AI) for example, it is preferable to react 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less of the compound (A-1) with 1 part by mass of the epoxy compound (A-2). More preferably, the reaction is carried out in an amount of 5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 30 parts by mass or less.
  • the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) usually proceeds spontaneously by mixing the two.
  • the charging ratio of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) can be appropriately changed according to the application of the photosensitive composition. For example, when all the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (A-2) are reacted with the carboxy groups of the compound (A-1), no unreacted epoxy groups remain.
  • the storage stability of the photosensitive composition is good.
  • the curing reaction of the photosensitive composition is the reaction between the ethylenically unsaturated double bonds of the reactant (AI).
  • the charging ratio of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is as follows: 1 equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (A-2) to the compound (A-1) A ratio of 0.90 equivalents or more to 1.20 equivalents or less of the carboxy group possessed by is preferable. If the charging ratio is within this range, the remaining epoxy groups can be minimized, gelation during the reaction can be suppressed, and the reaction product (AI) with good storage stability can be easily obtained.
  • the ratio of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) to be charged is such that the compound (A1) has one equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (A-2).
  • a ratio of 0.20 equivalents or more and less than 0.90 equivalents of carboxy groups is preferred.
  • the reaction between compound (A-1) and epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably carried out in an organic solvent.
  • Solvents that can be used for the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, and ethylene glycol mono- n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl Ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropy
  • the compound (A1 ) and the concentration of the epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably 30% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less.
  • the temperature at which the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) are reacted is not particularly limited.
  • the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is carried out at -20°C or higher and 100°C or lower, preferably -10°C or higher and 60°C or lower, more preferably 0°C or higher and 40°C or lower.
  • the reaction temperature may be constant or may vary during the reaction.
  • the reaction time of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is not particularly limited.
  • the reaction time between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably 1 hour or more and 24 hours or less, more preferably 2 hours or more and 12 hours or less.
  • the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably carried out, for example, until the weight average molecular weight of the reactant (AI) reaches 5000 or more, and until it reaches 6000 or more. more preferably done.
  • a weight average molecular weight is a molecular weight of polystyrene conversion measured by a gel permeation chromatography.
  • the photosensitive composition may contain a novolak resin (A-II) as the alkali-soluble resin (A).
  • a novolak resin (A-II) various novolak resins conventionally blended in photosensitive compositions can be used.
  • the novolac resin (A-II) those obtained by addition condensation of an aromatic compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group (hereinafter simply referred to as "phenols") and aldehydes in the presence of an acid catalyst are preferred.
  • Phenols used for producing the novolak resin (A-II) include, for example, phenol; cresols such as o-cresol, m-cresol and p-cresol; 2,3-xylenol and 2,4-xylenol , 2,5-xylenol, 2,6-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, and 3,5-xylenol; o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, and other ethylphenols;2 -alkylphenols such as isopropylphenol, 3-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol, o-butylphenol, m-butylphenol, p-butylphenol and p-tert-butylphenol; 2,3,5-trimethylphenol and 3,4 ,5-trimethylphenol, etc.; polyhydric phenols, such as re
  • m-cresol and p-cresol are preferred, and the combined use of m-cresol and p-cresol is more preferred.
  • various properties such as heat resistance of the cured product formed using the photosensitive composition can be adjusted by adjusting the mixing ratio of both.
  • the mixing ratio of m-cresol and p-cresol is not particularly limited, but the molar ratio of m-cresol/p-cresol is preferably 3/7 or more and 8/2 or less.
  • a novolac resin produced by using m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol in combination.
  • a novolac resin produced by using m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol in combination.
  • the mixing ratio of m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol is not particularly limited, but the molar ratio of m-cresol/2,3,5-trimethylphenol is 70/30 or more and 95/5 or less. is preferred.
  • Aldehydes used in producing the novolac resin (A-II) include, for example, formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, furfural, benzaldehyde, nitrobenzaldehyde, and acetaldehyde. These aldehydes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • acid catalysts used in producing the novolak resin (A-II) include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and phosphorous acid; formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, diethyl sulfate, and organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid; and metal salts such as zinc acetate. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight (Mw; hereinafter also simply referred to as “weight-average molecular weight”) of the novolac resin (A-II) is the resistance to flow caused by heating of a cured product formed using a photosensitive composition.
  • the lower limit is preferably 2000, more preferably 5000, particularly preferably 10000, more preferably 15000, most preferably 20000, and the upper limit is preferably 50000, more preferably 45000, more preferably 40000, most preferably 35000. preferable.
  • novolac resin (A-II) at least two novolak resins having different weight average molecular weights in terms of polystyrene can be used in combination. By using a combination of large and small novolak resins having different weight average molecular weights, it is possible to balance the developability of the photosensitive composition and the heat resistance of the cured product formed using the photosensitive composition.
  • the photosensitive composition may contain a modified epoxy resin (A-II) as the alkali-soluble resin (A).
  • a modified epoxy resin (A-II) As the alkali-soluble resin (A), the epoxy compound (a-3a) and unsaturated group-containing carbon Polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) adduct (A-III) of reaction product with acid (a-3b) may be included. Such an adduct is also referred to as "modified epoxy resin (A-III)".
  • modified epoxy resin (A-III) a compound that falls under the above definition but does not fall under the aforementioned compound (A-1) is referred to as modified epoxy resin (A-III).
  • the epoxy compound (a-3a), the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) are described below.
  • the epoxy compound (a-3a) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an epoxy group, and may be an aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic group or an aliphatic epoxy compound containing no aromatic group. Often aromatic epoxy compounds with aromatic groups are preferred.
  • the epoxy compound (a-3a) may be a monofunctional epoxy compound or a polyfunctional epoxy compound having a functionality of two or more, and is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound.
  • epoxy compound (a-3a) examples include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AD type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, and biphenyl type epoxy resin.
  • functional epoxy resin glycidyl ester type epoxy resin such as dimer acid glycidyl ester and triglycidyl ester; Glycidylamine type epoxy resins; heterocyclic epoxy resins such as triglycidyl isocyanurate; (2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]ethyl]phenyl]propane and 1,3-bis[4- [1-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-1-[4-[1-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-1-methylethyl]phenyl]ethyl]phenoxy
  • an epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton is preferable.
  • the epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton preferably has at least one biphenyl skeleton represented by the following formula (a-3a-1) in its main chain.
  • the epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound having two or more epoxy groups.
  • each R a7 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted phenyl group, j is an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • R a7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms
  • specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and sec-butyl.
  • R a7 is a halogen atom
  • specific examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • R a7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group
  • the number of substituents on the phenyl group is not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents on the phenyl group is 0 or more and 5 or less, preferably 0 or 1.
  • substituents include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, aliphatic acyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, cyano groups, and nitro groups.
  • the epoxy compound (a-3a) having a biphenyl skeleton represented by the above formula (a-3a-1) is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include epoxy compounds represented by the following formula (a-3a-2). be able to.
  • R a7 and j are the same as in formula (a-3a-1), and k is the average number of repetitions of the constituent units in the parentheses and is 0 or more and 10 or less. .
  • the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) is preferably a monocarboxylic acid containing a reactive unsaturated double bond such as an acrylic group or a methacrylic group in the molecule.
  • unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acids include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, ⁇ -styrylacrylic acid, ⁇ -furfurylacrylic acid, ⁇ -cyanocinnamic acid, and cinnamic acid.
  • the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) can be reacted by a known method.
  • a reaction method for example, an epoxy compound (a-3a) and an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) are reacted with a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylethylamine, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, Using a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetraethylammonium chloride or benzyltriethylammonium chloride, pyridine, triphenylphosphine, or the like as a catalyst, react in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50° C. or higher and 150° C. or higher for several hours or more and several tens of hours or less. method.
  • the ratio of the amounts of both used is the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b)
  • the ratio to the carboxylic acid equivalent of a-3b) is generally preferably 1:0.5 to 1:2, more preferably 1:0.8 to 1:1.25, and 1:0.9 to 1:1. .1 is particularly preferred.
  • the ratio of the amount of the epoxy compound (a-3a) used and the amount of the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) used is 1:0.5 to 1:2 in terms of the equivalent ratio, the crosslinking efficiency tends to improve, which is preferable.
  • Polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) Polybasic anhydrides (a-3c) are anhydrides of carboxylic acids having two or more carboxyl groups.
  • the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and methylhexahydroanhydride.
  • Phthalic acid methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethylhexa Hydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride , a compound represented by the following formula (a-3c-1), and a compound represented by the following formula (a-3c-2).
  • the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • R a8 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) is preferably a compound having two or more benzene rings, since it is easy to obtain a photosensitive composition with an excellent balance between sensitivity and developability.
  • the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) contains at least one of the compound represented by the above formula (a-3c-1) and the compound represented by the above formula (a-3c-2). is more preferred.
  • the method of reacting the epoxy compound (a-3a) with the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) and then reacting the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) can be appropriately selected from known methods.
  • the ratio of the amount used is the number of moles of OH groups in the component after the reaction between the epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c ) is usually 1:1 to 1:0.1, preferably 1:0.8 to 1:0.2. By setting it as the said range, it is easy to obtain the photosensitive composition with favorable developability.
  • the acid value of the modified epoxy resin (A-III) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more and 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 110 mgKOH/g or less, in terms of resin solid content.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the modified epoxy resin (A-III) is preferably 1000 or more and 40000 or less, more preferably 2000 or more and 30000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more, it is easy to form a cured product having excellent heat resistance and strength.
  • it is 40,000 or less, it is easy to obtain a photosensitive composition exhibiting sufficient solubility in a developer.
  • Acrylic resin (A-IV) is also preferred as a component constituting alkali-soluble resin (A).
  • acrylic resin (A-IV) a resin containing structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and/or structural units derived from other monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid esters can be used.
  • (Meth)acrylic acid is acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
  • the (meth)acrylic acid ester is a compound represented by the following formula (a-4-1) and is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the object of the present invention.
  • R a9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R a10 is a monovalent organic group.
  • This organic group may contain a bond or substituent other than a hydrocarbon group such as a heteroatom in the organic group.
  • this organic group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • Substituents other than hydrocarbon groups in the organic group of R a10 are not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, mercapto groups, sulfide groups, cyano groups, isocyano groups, and cyanato groups.
  • a hydrogen atom contained in the above substituent may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group. Further, the hydrocarbon group contained in the substituent
  • the organic group as R a10 may have a reactive functional group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.
  • a reactive functional group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.
  • An acyl group having an unsaturated double bond such as an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group is, for example, an acrylic resin (A-IV) containing a structural unit having an epoxy group, at least part of the epoxy group. , and an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
  • R a10 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and these groups may be substituted with a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, or a heterocyclic group. Moreover, when these groups contain an alkylene moiety, the alkylene moiety may be interrupted by an ether bond, a thioether bond, or an ester bond.
  • the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 10 or less.
  • suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, sec -pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, sec-octyl group, tert-octyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, isodecyl group and the like.
  • suitable alicyclic groups contained in the alkyl group include monocyclic alicyclic groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups, , adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, tricyclononyl group, tricyclodecyl group, and tetracyclododecyl group.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) when the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) has a chain group having an epoxy group as R a10 include: (Meth)acrylic acid epoxyalkyl esters such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, etc. .
  • the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) may be an alicyclic epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester.
  • the alicyclic group that constitutes the alicyclic epoxy group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned as a monocyclic alicyclic group.
  • a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a tricyclononyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group etc. are mentioned as a polycyclic alicyclic group.
  • R a20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R a21 represents a divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • R a22 represents 2 having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • t represents an integer of 0 or more and 10 or less.
  • R a21 is preferably a linear or branched alkylene group such as a methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, tetramethylene group, ethylethylene group, pentamethylene group and hexamethylene group.
  • R a22 examples include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, tetramethylene group, ethylethylene group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, phenylene group, cyclohexylene group, —CH 2 —Ph—CH 2 — (Ph is phenylene group) is preferred.
  • the acrylic resin (A-IV) may be a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer other than the (meth)acrylic acid ester.
  • monomers include (meth)acrylamides, unsaturated carboxylic acids, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, styrenes and the like. These monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • (Meth)acrylamides include (meth)acrylamide, N-alkyl(meth)acrylamide, N-aryl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-aryl(meth)acrylamide, N -methyl-N-phenyl(meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl-N-methyl(meth)acrylamide and the like.
  • unsaturated carboxylic acids include monocarboxylic acids such as crotonic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid and itaconic acid; anhydrides of these dicarboxylic acids;
  • Allyl compounds include allyl esters such as allyl acetate, allyl caproate, allyl caprylate, allyl laurate, allyl palmitate, allyl stearate, allyl benzoate, allyl acetoacetate, and allyl lactate; mentioned.
  • Vinyl ethers include hexyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, decyl vinyl ether, ethylhexyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, chloroethyl vinyl ether, 1-methyl-2,2-dimethylpropyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylbutyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether.
  • diethylene glycol vinyl ether dimethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, diethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, butylaminoethyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether; vinyl phenyl ether, vinyl tolyl ether, vinyl chlorophenyl ether, vinyl-2,4-dichlorophenyl ether , vinyl naphthyl ether, vinyl aryl ether such as vinyl anthranyl ether;
  • Vinyl esters include vinyl butyrate, vinyl isobutyrate, vinyl trimethyl acetate, vinyl diethyl acetate, vinyl valerate, vinyl caproate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl dichloroacetate, vinyl methoxy acetate, vinyl butoxy acetate, vinyl phenyl Acetate, vinyl acetoacetate, vinyl lactate, vinyl- ⁇ -phenylbutyrate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl salicylate, vinyl chlorobenzoate, vinyl tetrachlorobenzoate, vinyl naphthoate and the like.
  • Styrenes include styrene; methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, diethylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, cyclohexylstyrene, decylstyrene, benzylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene, ethoxy alkylstyrenes such as methylstyrene and acetoxymethylstyrene; alkoxystyrenes such as methoxystyrene, 4-methoxy-3-methylstyrene and dimethoxystyrene; chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, trichlorostyrene, tetrachlorostyrene, pentachlorost
  • the amount of structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and the amount of structural units derived from other monomers in the acrylic resin (A-IV) are not particularly limited as long as they do not hinder the object of the present invention.
  • the amount of structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid in the acrylic resin (A-IV) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the acrylic resin (A-IV), and 10 % by mass or more and 30% by mass or less is more preferable.
  • the amount of the structural unit having an unsaturated double bond in the acrylic resin (A-IV) is 1% by mass or more. 50% by mass or less is preferable, 1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or more is more preferable, and 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the acrylic resin (photosensitive) contains a structural unit having an unsaturated double bond in the amount within the above range, the acrylic resin can be incorporated into the cross-linking reaction in the resist film to make it uniform. Effective in improving heat resistance and mechanical properties.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin (A-IV) is preferably 2000 or more and 50000 or less, more preferably 3000 or more and 30000 or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is preferably 40% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, more preferably 45% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, relative to the total mass of the solid content of the photosensitive composition. more preferred. By setting it as said range, it is easy to obtain the photosensitive composition which is excellent in developability.
  • the photosensitive composition may contain a photopolymerizable monomer (B).
  • a photopolymerizable monomer (B) of the cured product a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred. Such monomers include monofunctional monomers and multifunctional monomers.
  • the photopolymerizable monomer (B) means a photopolymerizable monomer that does not correspond to the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, which will be described later.
  • Monofunctional monomers include (meth)acrylamide, methylol (meth)acrylamide, methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, propoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, butoxymethoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol ( meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, crotonic acid, 2-acrylamide- 2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, tert-butylacrylamidesulfonic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxyprop
  • polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, butylene glycol.
  • trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomers are preferred because they tend to increase adhesion to substrates, strength and organic solvent resistance of the cured product of the photosensitive composition.
  • trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomers are preferred because they tend to increase adhesion to substrates, strength and organic solvent resistance of the cured product of the photosensitive composition.
  • it is preferable to use a pentafunctional or higher polyfunctional monomer and it is more preferable to use dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate and/or dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate.
  • the content of the photopolymerizable monomer (B) in the photosensitive composition is preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the solid content of the photosensitive composition. is more preferred. By setting the amount within the above range, there is a tendency that sensitivity, developability, and resolution are easily balanced.
  • the solid content is a component other than the organic solvent (S).
  • the photopolymerization initiator (C) is not particularly limited, and conventionally known photopolymerization initiators can be used, but it is preferable to use a photoradical polymerization initiator.
  • photopolymerization initiator (C) examples include 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-(4-dodecylphenyl)-2- Hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one, bis(4-dimethylaminophenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio) Phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one, O-acetyl-1-[6-(2- methylbenzoyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3
  • the photopolymerization initiator (C) preferably contains a combination of two or more photopolymerization initiators. In this case, it is easy to effectively utilize rays of a wide range of wavelengths contained in the exposure light, and it is easy to adjust the sensitivity of the photosensitive composition to an appropriate range.
  • oxime ester compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the photosensitive composition.
  • a compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (c1) is preferable.
  • n1 is 0 or 1
  • R c2 is a monovalent organic group
  • R c3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group
  • * is a bond.
  • the compound having the partial structure represented by formula (c1) preferably has a carbazole skeleton, fluorene skeleton, diphenyl ether skeleton, or phenyl sulfide skeleton.
  • the compound having the partial structure represented by formula (c1) preferably has one or two partial structures represented by formula (c1).
  • Compounds having a partial structure represented by formula (c1) include compounds represented by the following formula (c2).
  • R c1 is a group represented by the following formula (c3), (c4), or (c5), n1 is 0 or 1, R c2 is a monovalent organic group, R c3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • R c4 and R c5 are each independently a monovalent organic group, n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, When n2 is 2 or 3, multiple R c5 may be the same or different, and multiple R c5 may combine with each other to form a ring. * is a bond.
  • R c6 and R c7 each independently represent an optionally substituted chain alkyl group, an optionally substituted chain alkoxy group, a substituted is a cyclic organic group or a hydrogen atom, R c6 and R c7 may combine with each other to form a ring, R c7 and the benzene ring in the fluorene skeleton may be bonded to each other to form a ring, R c8 is a nitro group or a monovalent organic group, n3 is an integer of 0 to 4, * is a bond.
  • R c9 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group, A is S or O; n4 is an integer of 0 to 4, * is a bond.
  • R c4 is a monovalent organic group.
  • R c4 can be selected from various organic groups as long as the objects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms.
  • a group consisting of is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
  • R c4 include an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom
  • a saturated aliphatic acyl group optionally having 2 to 20 substituents, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and optionally having a substituent, a phenyl group optionally having a substituent , an optionally substituted benzoyl group, an optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted phenylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, having a substituent optionally substituted naphthyl group, optionally substituted naphthoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted naphthylalkyl group having 11 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted a heterocyclyl group optionally having a group, a heterocyclylcarbonyl group optionally having a substituent, and the like.
  • R c4 an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group as R c4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and 7 because the compound represented by formula (c3) has good solubility in the photosensitive composition. The above are particularly preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of good compatibility between the compound represented by formula (c3) and other components in the photosensitive composition, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group as R c4 is 15 or less. is preferred, and 10 or less is more preferred.
  • R c4 has a substituent
  • substituents include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the heterocyclyl group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group.
  • the heterocyclyl group is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring containing one or more N, S, O, or such monocyclic rings are fused together or such monocyclic rings are fused with a benzene ring. is a heterocyclyl group.
  • the heterocyclyl group is a condensed ring, the number of monocyclic rings constituting the condensed ring is 3 or less.
  • Heterocyclic rings constituting such heterocyclyl groups include furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indolizine, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, phthalazine, cinnoline, quinoxaline, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran; be done.
  • R c4 is a heterocyclyl group
  • substituents that the heterocyclyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and the like.
  • R c4 examples include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, Examples include isopentyl, neopentyl, pentan-3-yl, sec-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and 2-ethylhexyl groups. Further, n-octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group are preferred, and 2-ethylhexyl group is more preferred, from the viewpoint of good solubility of the compound represented by formula (c3) in the photosensitive composition.
  • R c5 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, or a nitro group.
  • the monovalent organic group for R c5 can be selected from various organic groups as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired.
  • a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms.
  • a group consisting of is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
  • Examples of monovalent organic groups suitable as R c5 include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, cycloalkyl groups, cycloalkoxy groups, saturated aliphatic acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, saturated aliphatic acyloxy groups, and substituents.
  • optionally substituted phenyl group optionally substituted phenoxy group, optionally substituted benzoyl group, optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted benzoyloxy a phenylalkyl group optionally having substituents, a naphthyl group optionally having substituents, a naphthoxy group optionally having substituents, a naphthoyl group optionally having substituents, a substituent an optionally substituted naphthoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted naphthyloxy group, an optionally substituted naphthylalkyl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclylcarbonyl group, amino group substituted with one or two organic groups, morpholin-1-yl group, piperazin-1-yl group, halogen, nitro group, cyano group, HX 2 C- or H 2 Substituents including a group represented by XC— (where each X is
  • R c5 is an alkyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. Further, when R c5 is an alkyl group, it may be linear or branched. Specific examples of R c5 being an alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl groups.
  • R c5 is an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain.
  • alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain examples include methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propyloxyethoxyethyl, and methoxypropyl groups.
  • R c5 is an alkoxy group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • R c5 is an alkoxy group, it may be linear or branched.
  • R c5 being an alkoxy group
  • R c5 being an alkoxy group
  • R c5 being an alkoxy group
  • R c5 being an alkoxy group
  • R c5 isopentyloxy group, sec-pentyloxy group, tert-pentyloxy group, n-hexyloxy group, n-heptyloxy group, n-octyloxy group, isooctyloxy group, sec-octyloxy group , tert-octyloxy group, n-nonyloxy group, isononyloxy group, n-decyloxy group, and isodecyloxy group.
  • R c5 is an alkoxy group
  • the alkoxy group may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain.
  • alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy, propyloxyethoxyethoxy, methoxypropyloxy and the like.
  • R c5 is a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkoxy group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group or cycloalkoxy group is preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 6 or less.
  • Specific examples of R c5 being a cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group.
  • R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group
  • R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group
  • R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group
  • R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group
  • R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group
  • R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group
  • R c5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group or saturated aliphatic acyloxy group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the saturated aliphatic acyl group or saturated aliphatic acyloxy group is preferably 2 or more and 21 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 7 or less.
  • R c5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group
  • R c5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group
  • examples of when R c5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group include acetyl, propanoyl, n-butanoyl, 2-methylpropanoyl, n-pentanoyl, 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl, n -hexanoyl group, n-heptanoyl group, n-octanoyl group, n-nonanoyl group, n-decanoyl group, n-undecanoyl group, n-dodecanoyl group, n-tridecanoyl group, n-tetradecanoyl group, n-pentadecanyl group Noyl group, n-hexadecanoyl group and the like.
  • R c5 being a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group
  • R c5 being a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group
  • R c5 being a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group
  • R c5 being a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group
  • R c5 being a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group
  • R c5 is an alkoxycarbonyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 7 or less.
  • Specific examples of R c5 being an alkoxycarbonyl group include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propyloxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, isobutyloxycarbonyl, sec-butyl oxycarbonyl group, tert-butyloxycarbonyl group, n-pentyloxycarbonyl group, isopentyloxycarbonyl group, sec-pentyloxycarbonyl group, tert-pentyloxycarbonyl group, n-hexyloxycarbonyl group, n-heptyloxycarbonyl group, n-octyloxycarbonyl group, isooctyloxycarbony
  • R c5 is a phenylalkyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the phenylalkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 7 or more and 10 or less.
  • R c5 is a naphthylalkyl group
  • the number of carbon atoms in the naphthylalkyl group is preferably 11 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 11 or more and 14 or less.
  • Specific examples of R c5 being a phenylalkyl group include a benzyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, a 3-phenylpropyl group and a 4-phenylbutyl group.
  • R c5 when R c5 is a naphthylalkyl group include an ⁇ -naphthylmethyl group, a ⁇ -naphthylmethyl group, a 2-( ⁇ -naphthyl)ethyl group, and a 2-( ⁇ -naphthyl)ethyl group.
  • R c5 when R c5 is a phenylalkyl group or a naphthylalkyl group, R c5 may further have a substituent on the phenyl group or naphthyl group.
  • R c5 is a heterocyclyl group
  • the heterocyclyl group is the same as when R c4 in formula (c3) is a heterocyclyl group, and the heterocyclyl group may further have a substituent.
  • R c5 is a heterocyclylcarbonyl group
  • the heterocyclyl group contained in the heterocyclylcarbonyl group is the same as when R c5 is a heterocyclyl group.
  • R c5 is an amino group substituted with 1 or 2 organic groups
  • preferred examples of the organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, optionally substituted phenyl group, optionally substituted benzoyl group, optionally substituted 7 to 20 carbon atoms
  • amino group substituted with one or two organic groups include methylamino group, ethylamino group, diethylamino group, n-propylamino group, di-n-propylamino group, isopropylamino group, n- butylamino group, di-n-butylamino group, n-pentylamino group, n-hexylamino group, n-heptylamino group, n-octylamino group, n-nonylamino group, n-decylamino group, phenylamino group, naphthylamino group, acetylamino group, propanoylamino group, n-butanoylamino group, n-pentanoylamino group, n-hexanoylamino group, n-heptanoylamino group, n-octanoylamino
  • the substituent includes a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- (eg, HX 2 C— or H 2 XC—, a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C— or H 2 XC—, a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C— or H 2 XC—), Alkyl group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, saturated fat having 2 to 7 carbon atoms group acyloxy group, monoalkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, dialkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, morpholin-1-yl group, pipe
  • the number of substituents is not limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired, and is preferably 1 to 4.
  • the phenyl group, naphthyl group and heterocyclyl group contained in R c5 have multiple substituents, the multiple substituents may be the same or different.
  • Substituents contained in R c5 when the benzoyl group further has a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a morpholin-1-yl group, a piperazin-1-yl group, and a 2-thenoyl group. (thiophen-2-ylcarbonyl group), furan-3-ylcarbonyl group and phenyl group.
  • the halogen atom represented by X includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc., and is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the substituent containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- includes a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC- A group having a halogenated alkoxy group including a group represented by -, a halogenated alkyl group including a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- and a group having a halogenated alkyl group containing a group, such as a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, or represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- More preferably, it is a group having a halogenated alkoxy group containing group.
  • the group having a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- is substituted with a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--.
  • aromatic groups e.g., phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.
  • cycloalkyl groups e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl groups, etc.
  • the group having a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- is substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--.
  • aromatic groups e.g., phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.
  • alkyl groups substituted with halogenated alkoxy groups including groups represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- e.g., methyl group, ethyl group , n-propyl group, i-propyl group, etc.
  • a cycloalkyl group substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group including a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, etc.
  • Rc5 is also preferably a cycloalkylalkyl group, a phenoxyalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring, and a phenylthioalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring.
  • the substituents that the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group may have are the same as the substituents that the phenyl group contained in R c5 may have.
  • R c5 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group, a cycloalkylalkyl group, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent.
  • Good phenylthioalkyl groups are preferred.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, most preferably a methyl group. preferable.
  • the optionally substituted phenyl groups a methylphenyl group is preferred, and a 2-methylphenyl group is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably 5 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 8 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or 6.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 2.
  • a cyclopentylethyl group is preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 2.
  • a 2-(4-chlorophenylthio)ethyl group is preferred.
  • the formed ring when a plurality of R c5 are present and the plurality of R c5 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring includes a hydrocarbon ring, a heterocyclic ring, and the like. be done. Heteroatoms contained in heterocycles include, for example, N, O and S. Aromatic rings are particularly preferred as the ring formed by combining a plurality of R c5 s. Such an aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. As such an aromatic ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferred. Specific examples of the case where a plurality of R c5 in formula (c3) are bonded to each other to form a benzene ring are shown below.
  • R c8 is a nitro group or a monovalent organic group.
  • R c8 is bonded to a 6-membered aromatic ring different from the aromatic ring bonded to the group represented by —(CO) n1 — on the condensed ring in formula (c4).
  • the bonding position of R c8 is not particularly limited.
  • the group represented by formula (c4) has one or more R c8 , one of the one or more R c8 is fluorene, because the compound represented by formula (c4) is easily synthesized. Attachment to the 7-position of the backbone is preferred.
  • the group represented by formula (c4) when the group represented by formula (c4) has 1 or more R c8 , the group represented by formula (c4) is preferably represented by the following formula (c6). When there are multiple R c8s , the multiple R c8s may be the same or different.
  • R c6 , R c7 , R c8 and n3 are the same as R c6 , R c7 , R c8 and n3 in formula (c4).
  • R c8 is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired.
  • a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred examples of the monovalent organic group for R c8 include the same preferred examples of the monovalent organic group as R c5 in formula (c3).
  • R c6 and R c7 are each an optionally substituted chain alkyl group, an optionally substituted chain alkoxy group, an optionally substituted cyclic It is an organic group or a hydrogen atom. R c6 and R c7 may combine with each other to form a ring. Among these groups, chain alkyl groups which may have a substituent are preferable as R c6 and R c7 . When R c6 and R c7 are a chain alkyl group which may have a substituent, the chain alkyl group may be a straight chain alkyl group or a branched chain alkyl group.
  • R c6 and R c7 are unsubstituted chain alkyl groups
  • the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • Specific examples of R c6 and R c7 being chain alkyl groups include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group.
  • n-pentyl group isopentyl group, sec-pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, sec-octyl group, tert-octyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, and isodecyl group.
  • R c6 and R c7 are alkyl groups
  • the alkyl group may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain.
  • alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain examples include methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propyloxyethoxyethyl, and methoxypropyl groups.
  • R c6 and R c7 are chain alkyl groups having a substituent
  • the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is not included in the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group.
  • a chain alkyl group having a substituent is preferably linear.
  • the substituents that the alkyl group may have are not particularly limited as long as they do not interfere with the object of the present invention. Suitable examples of substituents include alkoxy groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, halogenated alkyl groups, cyclic organic groups, and alkoxycarbonyl groups.
  • Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. Among these, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom are preferred.
  • Cyclic organic groups include cycloalkyl groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclyl groups. Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group are the same as the preferred examples when R c8 is a cycloalkyl group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, anthryl, and phenanthryl groups.
  • heterocyclyl group are the same as the preferred examples when R c8 is a heterocyclyl group.
  • R c8 is an alkoxycarbonyl group
  • the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably linear.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • the number of substituents is not particularly limited.
  • the preferred number of substituents varies depending on the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group.
  • the number of substituents is typically 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • R c6 and R c7 are chain alkoxy groups having no substituents
  • the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly 1 or more and 6 or less. preferable.
  • R c6 and R c7 being chain alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert -butyloxy group, n-pentyloxy group, isopentyloxy group, sec-pentyloxy group, tert-pentyloxy group, n-hexyloxy group, n-heptyloxy group, n-octyloxy group, isooctyloxy group, sec-octyloxy group, tert-octyloxy group, n-nonyloxy group, isononyloxy group, n-decyloxy group, isodecyloxy group and the like.
  • R c6 and R c7 are alkoxy groups
  • the alkoxy groups may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain.
  • alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy, propyloxyethoxyethoxy, methoxypropyloxy and the like.
  • R c6 and R c7 are chain alkoxy groups having substituents
  • the substituents that the alkoxy groups may have are the same as in the case where R c6 and R c7 are chain alkyl groups.
  • R c6 and R c7 are cyclic organic groups
  • the cyclic organic group may be an alicyclic group or an aromatic group.
  • Cyclic organic groups include aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclyl groups.
  • R c6 and R c7 are cyclic organic groups, the substituents that the cyclic organic groups may have are the same as in the case where R c6 and R c7 are chain alkyl groups.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is either a phenyl group or a group formed by combining a plurality of benzene rings via carbon-carbon bonds. , is preferably a group formed by condensing a plurality of benzene rings.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a phenyl group or a group formed by combining or condensing a plurality of benzene rings
  • the number of benzene rings contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, 3 or less is preferable, 2 or less is more preferable, and 1 is particularly preferable.
  • Preferred specific examples of aromatic hydrocarbon groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, anthryl, and phenanthryl groups.
  • R c6 and R c7 are aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups
  • the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 3 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less.
  • Examples of monocyclic cyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl, isobornyl, tricyclononyl, tricyclodecyl, A tetracyclododecyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like can be mentioned.
  • R c6 and R c7 are heterocyclyl groups
  • the same heterocyclyl groups as R c5 in formula (c3) can be mentioned.
  • R c6 and R c7 may combine with each other to form a ring.
  • a group consisting of a ring formed by R c6 and R c7 is preferably a cycloalkylidene group.
  • the ring constituting the cycloalkylidene group is preferably a 5- to 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring.
  • the ring may be either an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring.
  • the cycloalkylidene group may be fused with one or more other rings.
  • rings that may be condensed with a cycloalkylidene group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, and pyridine.
  • R c6 and R c7 examples include groups represented by the formula -A 1 -A 2 .
  • a 1 is a linear alkylene group
  • a 2 is an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a cyclic organic group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the linear alkylene group for A 1 is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • A2 is an alkoxy group
  • the alkoxy group may be linear or branched, preferably linear.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • A2 is a halogen atom, it is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • the halogen atom contained in the halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom.
  • the halogenated alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably linear.
  • A2 is a cyclic organic group
  • examples of the cyclic organic group are the same as the cyclic organic groups that Rc6 and Rc7 have as substituents.
  • A2 is an alkoxycarbonyl group
  • examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group are the same as the alkoxycarbonyl groups that Rc6 and Rc7 have as substituents.
  • R c6 and R c7 include alkyl groups such as ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl; 2-methoxyethyl; group, 3-methoxy-n-propyl group, 4-methoxy-n-butyl group, 5-methoxy-n-pentyl group, 6-methoxy-n-hexyl group, 7-methoxy-n-heptyl group, 8-methoxy -n-octyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, 3-ethoxy-n-propyl group, 4-ethoxy-n-butyl group, 5-ethoxy-n-pentyl group, 6-ethoxy-n-hexyl group, 7- Alkoxyalkyl groups such as ethoxy-n-heptyl group and 8-ethoxy-n-octyl
  • Alkyl group 2-cyclohexylethyl group, 3-cyclohexyl-n-propyl group, 4-cyclohexyl-n-butyl group, 5-cyclohexyl-n-pentyl group, 6-cyclohexyl-n-hexyl group, 7-cyclohexyl-n -heptyl group, 8-cyclohexyl-n-octyl group, 2-cyclopentylethyl group, 3-cyclopentyl-n-propyl group, 4-cyclopentyl-n-butyl group, 5-cyclopentyl-n-pentyl group, 6-cyclopentyl- Cycloalkylalkyl groups such as n-hexyl group, 7-cyclopentyl-n-heptyl group, and 8-cyclopentyl-n-octyl group; 2-methoxycarbonylethyl group, 3-methoxycarbonyl-n-propyl
  • R c6 and R c7 are ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, 2-methoxyethyl group, 2-cyanoethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 2-cyclohexylethyl group, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, 2-bromoethyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, and 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-hepta It is a fluoro-n-pentyl group.
  • A is S because it is easy to obtain a photopolymerization initiator with excellent sensitivity.
  • R c9 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group.
  • R c9 in formula (c5) is a monovalent organic group, it can be selected from various organic groups within the range that does not impede the object of the present invention.
  • the organic group a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred examples of the organic group represented by Rc9 in formula (c5) include the same monovalent organic groups as Rc5 in formula (c3).
  • R c9 substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of a benzoyl group; a naphthoyl group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a morpholin-1-yl group, a piperazin-1-yl group, and a phenyl group; benzoyl group; nitro group; optionally substituted benzofuranylcarbonyl group is preferred, benzoyl group; naphthoyl group; 2-methylphenylcarbonyl group; 4-(piperazin-1-yl)phenylcarbonyl group a 4-(phenyl)phenylcarbonyl group is more preferred.
  • n4 is preferably an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0 or 1.
  • the position to which R c9 is bonded is preferably para to the bond to which the phenyl group to which R c9 is bonded is bonded to an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the monovalent organic group as Rc2 is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the object of the present invention.
  • a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
  • Preferred examples of the monovalent organic group as Rc2 include the same monovalent organic groups as Rc5 in formula (c3).
  • Rc2 is also preferably a cycloalkylalkyl group, a phenoxyalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring, and a phenylthioalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring.
  • the substituents that the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group may have are those in which the phenyl group, the naphthyl group and the heterocyclyl group contained in R c5 in the formula (c3) further have a substituent. It is the same as the base.
  • R c2 is a substituent containing the group represented by the above HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or A cycloalkylalkyl group and a phenylthioalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring are preferred.
  • Alkyl group optionally substituted phenyl group, number of carbon atoms in cycloalkyl group contained in cycloalkylalkyl group, number of carbon atoms in alkylene group contained in cycloalkylalkyl group, cycloalkylalkyl group, aromatic Regarding the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group contained in the phenylthioalkyl group optionally having substituents on the ring, or the phenylthioalkyl group optionally having substituents on the aromatic ring, the formula (c3 ) is the same as R c5 .
  • A3 is a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkylene group.
  • A4 is a monovalent organic group, preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably linear.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • Preferable examples of A 4 include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred specific examples of A4 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group and n-hexyl.
  • phenyl, naphthyl, benzyl, phenethyl, ⁇ -naphthylmethyl, and ⁇ -naphthylmethyl groups are examples of A4 that include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-
  • Preferable specific examples of the group represented by -A 3 -CO-OA 4 include a 2-methoxycarbonylethyl group, a 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl group, a 2-n-propyloxycarbonylethyl group, a 2-n -butyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-n-pentyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-n-hexyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-benzyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-phenoxycarbonylethyl group, 3-methoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-n-propyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-n-butyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-n-pentyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group , 3-n-hexyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-
  • R c2 a group represented by the following formula (c7) or (c8) is also preferable.
  • R c10 and R c11 are each independently a monovalent organic group
  • n5 is an integer of 0 to 4
  • R c10 and R c11 may combine with each other to form a ring
  • R c12 is a monovalent organic group
  • n6 is an integer of 1 or less and 8 or less
  • n7 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less
  • n8 is an integer from 0 to (n7+3).
  • R c10 and R c11 in formula (c7) are the same as R c8 in formula (c4).
  • R c10 includes a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, an alkyl group, or A phenyl group is preferred.
  • the ring may be either an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring.
  • n7 is an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • R c12 is an organic group.
  • the organic group include groups similar to the organic groups described for R c8 in formula (c4).
  • alkyl groups are preferred.
  • Alkyl groups may be straight or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less.
  • R c12 is preferably exemplified by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, etc. Among these, a methyl group is more preferable.
  • n7 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, and more preferably 1 or 2.
  • n8 is 0 or more and (n7+3) or less, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, more preferably 0 or more and 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
  • n6 is an integer of 1 or more and 8 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.
  • R c3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • R c3 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like are preferably exemplified as the substituent which may be possessed.
  • R c3 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-cyclopentylethyl group, a 2-cyclobutylethyl group, A cyclohexylmethyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a methylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like are preferably exemplified, and among these, a methyl group or a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by formula (c2) and having a group represented by formula (c5) as R c1 include the following compounds.
  • a phosphine oxide compound is also preferable from the viewpoint of good deep-part curability of the photosensitive composition.
  • a phosphine oxide compound containing a partial structure represented by the following formula (c9) is preferable.
  • R c21 and R c22 are each independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. group acyl groups. However, both R c21 and R c22 are not aliphatic acyl groups or aromatic acyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups of R c21 and R c22 is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, and even more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less.
  • the alkyl groups as R c21 and R c22 may be linear or branched.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, tert- pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2,4,4,-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, and An n-dodecyl group can be mentioned.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl groups for R c21 and R c22 is preferably 5 or more and 12 or less.
  • Specific examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, and cyclododecyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl groups of R c21 and R c22 is preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
  • the aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the like. Specific examples of aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic acyl groups for R c21 and R c22 is 2 or more and 20 or less, preferably 2 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less, and even more preferably 2 or more and 6 or less.
  • Aliphatic acyl groups may be straight or branched. Specific examples of aliphatic acyl groups include acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, pentanoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, nonanoyl, decanoyl, undecanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, and tetradecanoyl groups. , pentadecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, heptadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, nonadecanoyl, and icosanoyl groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aromatic acyl groups for R c21 and R c22 is 7 or more and 20 or less.
  • the aromatic acyl group may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the like.
  • Specific examples of aromatic acyl groups include benzoyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, 2,6-dimethylbenzoyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl, 2,4,6- Trimethylbenzoyl, ⁇ -naphthoyl, and ⁇ -naphthoyl groups are included.
  • the phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine. oxide, and bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide.
  • the phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) is an ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone-based compound such as 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone.
  • the mass ratio of the phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) to the total is preferably 20% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, and 40% by mass. % or more and 60 mass % or less is more preferable.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is 0.5% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the photosensitive composition (total solid content) excluding the mass of the organic solvent (S) described later. is preferable, and more preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less.
  • a photoinitiator aid may be combined with the photopolymerization initiator (C).
  • Photoinitiation aids include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoate 2- ethylhexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, N,N-dimethylp-toluidine, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, 9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 9, 10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-
  • the photosensitive composition contains a silane coupling agent (D).
  • the silane coupling agent (D) contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
  • the photosensitive composition contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group together with the reaction product of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2), so that after exposure Even if the heat treatment (post-baking) of (1) is performed at a low temperature (for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower), a finely patterned cured product having excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
  • a low temperature for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower
  • the photosensitive composition does not contain a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, and a silane coupling agent other than the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group (e.g. , a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group-containing group and not having a radically polymerizable group), when the heat treatment after exposure is performed at a low temperature, fine patterning and excellent adhesion to the substrate can be cured. It is difficult to form things. For example, when a finely patterned cured product is formed, the adhesiveness to the substrate is poor.
  • a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group e.g. , a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group-containing group and not having a radically polymerizable group
  • the radically polymerizable group-containing group possessed by the silane coupling agent (D1) typically includes a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated double bond-containing group (group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond) is preferably an alkenyl group-containing group containing an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group and an allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group-containing group. groups are more preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy groups are even more preferred.
  • (meth)acryloyl means both acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • (meth)acryloyloxy means both acryloyloxy and methacryloyloxy
  • (meth)acryl means acryl, and methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylate means both acrylate and methacrylate.
  • Examples of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group include compounds represented by the following formula (d1). X d -R d1 -Si(R d2 ) dm (OR d3 ) (3-dm) (d1) (In formula (d1), X d is a radically polymerizable group-containing group, R d1 is an alkylene group or a single bond, and R d2 is a monovalent organic group bonded to a silicon atom via a C—Si bond. , R d3 is an alkyl group, and dm is an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less.)
  • X d is a radically polymerizable group-containing group
  • examples of the radically polymerizable group-containing group include ethylenically unsaturated double bond-containing groups, vinyl groups, and alkenyl groups such as allyl groups.
  • R d1 is an alkylene group or a single bond, and examples of the alkylene group include alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 7 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
  • Preferred specific examples of R d1 include a methylene group, an ethane-1,2-diyl group, a propane-1,3-diyl group and a butane-1,4-diyl group.
  • R d2 is a monovalent organic group bonded to a silicon atom via a C—Si bond, and suitable examples of the organic group include hydrocarbon groups.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
  • hydrocarbon groups chain or cyclic alkyl groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aralkyl groups are more preferred.
  • Examples of the chain or cyclic alkyl group include chain or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n- butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, cyclopentyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, n-heptyl group, cycloheptyl group, n-octyl group, cyclooctyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group, etc., preferably methyl group or ethyl group, more preferably methyl group.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon group examples include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically phenyl group, 2-methylphenyl group, 3-methylphenyl group and 4-methylphenyl group. , 2-ethylphenyl group, 3-ethylphenyl group, 4-ethylphenyl group, ⁇ -naphthyl group, ⁇ -naphthyl group, biphenylyl group and the like.
  • the aralkyl group includes an aralkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, an ⁇ -naphthylmethyl group, a ⁇ -naphthylmethyl group, a 2- ⁇ -naphthylethyl group, and 2- ⁇ -naphthylethyl groups.
  • the monovalent organic group bonded to the silicon atom via a C—Si bond for R d2 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
  • R d3 is an alkyl group, and examples of the alkyl group include chain or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n -propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, cyclopentyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, n-heptyl group, cycloheptyl group, n-octyl group, cyclooctyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group and the like.
  • dm is an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
  • silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, allyltriethoxysilane, 1-hexenyltrimethoxysilane, alkenyltrialkoxysilanes such as 1-hexenyltriethoxysilane, 1-octenyltrimethoxysilane, and 1-octenyltriethoxysilane; 2-acryloyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-acryloyloxyethyltriethoxysilane, 2- methacryloyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-methacryloyloxyethyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacrylo
  • 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane are preferred.
  • the silane coupling agent (D) may contain a silane coupling agent other than the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, but a silane coupling agent having a radically polymerizable group-containing group It is preferable not to contain a silane coupling agent other than (D1).
  • the mass ratio of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group in the silane coupling agent (D) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. More preferably, 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group is 0.1 mass with respect to the mass of the photosensitive composition (total solid content) excluding the mass of the organic solvent (S) described later. % or more and 30 mass % or less, more preferably 0.5 mass % or more and 20 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass % or more and 10 mass % or less.
  • the photosensitive composition preferably contains an organic solvent (S) for dilution.
  • organic solvent (S) include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and diethylene glycol mono-n.
  • alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, other ethers described above, lactic acid alkyl esters, and other esters described above are preferable, and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, the above More preferred are other ethers, other esters as described above.
  • These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the organic solvent (S) is preferably such that the solid concentration of the photosensitive composition is 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less.
  • the photosensitive composition may contain various additives as required.
  • Additives include sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, adhesion promoters such as dispersants, antioxidants, aggregation inhibitors, polymerization inhibitors such as thermal polymerization inhibitors, antifoaming agents, surfactants, Coloring agents such as dyes and pigments are included.
  • surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants, silicon-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants, preferably silicon-based surfactants.
  • silicone-based surfactants include polyether-modified polysiloxane, and more specific examples include polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane.
  • the content of the surfactant is, for example, 0.01 to 5 parts by weight, 0.02 to 1 part by weight, or 0.05 to 0.1 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin (A). is preferred.
  • the polymerization inhibitor examples include phenol-based polymerization inhibitors, such as compounds represented by the following formula.
  • the polymerization inhibitor is used to suppress the change (gelation) of the photopolymerizable monomer (B) in the container over time.
  • the photosensitive composition is prepared by mixing the above components with a stirrer. In addition, you may filter using a membrane filter etc. so that the prepared photosensitive composition may be uniform.
  • a cured product is obtained by exposing the photosensitive composition described above.
  • the form of the cured product is not particularly limited, it is preferably a cured film.
  • As a typical method for producing a cured film Forming a coating film by applying the aforementioned photosensitive composition onto a substrate; and exposing the coating film.
  • a cured film patterned into a desired shape can be obtained by subjecting the coating film to position-selective exposure and developing the exposed coating film with a developer. can.
  • the above-mentioned photosensitive composition contains a reactant (AI) that satisfies predetermined requirements as an alkali-soluble resin (A), and contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
  • a reactant (AI) that satisfies predetermined requirements as an alkali-soluble resin (A)
  • D1 silane coupling agent having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
  • a contact transfer coating device such as a roll coater, a reverse coater and a bar coater, or a non-contact coating device such as a spinner (rotary coating device) and a curtain flow coater is used. method. After coating the photosensitive composition, if necessary, the organic solvent and the like are removed from the coated film by drying.
  • the coating film is irradiated with light (e.g., broadband light) containing g-line (436 nm), h-line (405 nm), and/or i-line (365 nm), ultraviolet rays, active energy rays such as excimer laser light, etc. Exposure is performed by irradiation.
  • a light source that emits ultraviolet rays such as a high-pressure mercury lamp, an extra-high pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, or a carbon arc lamp, can be used.
  • the exposure amount varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive composition, it is, for example, 20 mJ/cm 2 or more and 500 mJ/cm 2 or less, preferably about 20 mJ/cm 2 or more and 100 mJ/cm 2 or less.
  • exposure is performed through a negative mask having a desired pattern.
  • the exposed coating film is developed with a developer.
  • the development method is not particularly limited, and an immersion method, a spray method, or the like can be used.
  • Specific examples of the developer include organic developers such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and aqueous solutions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, ammonia, and quaternary ammonium salts.
  • the cured film patterned by development or the cured film after exposure is preferably subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) at a low temperature (for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower). Further exposure may be performed after heat treatment (post-baking).
  • a low temperature for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower.
  • Further exposure may be performed after heat treatment (post-baking).
  • the active energy ray, the exposure apparatus, the amount of exposure, and the like used for exposure are the same as those described above.
  • Compound A-1-1 (Compound (A-1) Represented by Formula (a-1))
  • Compound A-1-1 is a resin obtained in Preparation Example 1 below.
  • 235 g of a bisphenol fluorene type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 235), 110 mg of tetramethylammonium chloride, 100 mg of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, and 72.0 g of acrylic acid were placed in a 500 ml four-necked flask. was charged, and heated and dissolved at a temperature of 90° C. or more and 100° C. or less while blowing air into it at a rate of 25 ml/min.
  • the solution was gradually heated to 120° C. while the solution was still cloudy and dissolved completely. At this time, the solution gradually became transparent and viscous, but the stirring was continued. During this time, the acid value was measured, and heating and stirring were continued until it became less than 1.0 mgKOH/g. It took 12 hours for the acid value to reach the target value. Then, it was cooled to room temperature to obtain a colorless and transparent solid bisphenol fluorene type epoxy acrylate represented by the following formula.
  • Preparation Example 2 Synthesis of resin A1 (reaction product (AI) of compound (A-1) represented by formula (a-1) and epoxy compound (A-2)) obtained in Preparation Example 1 86.8 g of a solution of compound A-1-1 (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 2000, Mw/Mn: 2.0) dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether monoacetate (concentration of compound A-1-1: 54 .7% by mass), 2.5 g of epoxy compound A-2-1 having the following structure, and 10.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether monoacetate were mixed, and the two were reacted at room temperature for 6 hours.
  • reaction product (AI) of compound (A-1) represented by formula (a-1) and epoxy compound (A-2) obtained in Preparation Example 1 86.8 g of a solution of compound A-1-1 (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 2000, Mw/Mn: 2.0) dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether monoacetate (concentration of compound
  • Example 1 73.0 parts by mass of the reaction product (resin A1) obtained in Preparation Example 2 as the alkali-soluble resin (A) and 18.3 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (B1) as the photopolymerizable monomer (B) and 2.7 parts by mass (5.4 parts by mass in total) of C1 and C2 having the following structure as the photopolymerization initiator (C), and 2 parts of D1 having the following structure as the silane coupling agent (D).
  • Example 1 was repeated except that the compound A-1-1 obtained in Preparation Example 1 was used as the alkali-soluble resin (A) instead of the reactant (resin A1) obtained in Preparation Example 2. to obtain a photosensitive composition.
  • Puddle development was performed by dropping an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) having a concentration of 2.38% by mass onto the exposed coating film, and then allowing the film to stand still for 60 seconds.
  • the developed coating film was heated (post-baked) at 100° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a cured film of the photosensitive composition.
  • the resulting cured film was immersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at room temperature (23° C.) for 5 minutes.
  • the film thickness of the cured film before and after immersion was measured, and the residual film ratio, which is the ratio of the film thickness after immersion to the film thickness before immersion, was calculated.
  • a film remaining rate of 99% or more was evaluated as ⁇ , a case of more than 97% and less than 99% was evaluated as ⁇ , and a case of 97% or less was evaluated as x.
  • Table 1 shows the results.
  • a proximity exposure apparatus product name: TME-150RTO, manufactured by Topcon Corporation
  • TME-150RTO irradiate mixed light of g, h, and i lines.
  • the exposure dose was 20 mJ/cm 2 .
  • Puddle development was performed by dropping an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) having a concentration of 2.38% by mass onto the exposed coating film, and then allowing the film to stand still for 60 seconds.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the developed coating film was heated (post-baked) at 100° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a patterned cured film (resist pattern) of the photosensitive composition.
  • the obtained cured film was observed with an optical microscope, and the minimum width ( ⁇ m) at which a line-and-space pattern was formed without peeling is described in the "minimum width" column of Table 1.
  • the case where peeling was not observed in the line portion of the line and space pattern with a width of 10 ⁇ m was evaluated as ⁇
  • the case where peeling was observed in the line portion with the line and space pattern with a width of 10 ⁇ m was evaluated as x. Note that the peeling was caused by development.
  • Comparative Example 2 the development solubility of compound A-1-1 was low, and a line-and-space pattern could not be formed, and was evaluated as XX.
  • the reaction product of the above compound (A-1) as the alkali-soluble resin (A) and the epoxy compound (A-2), and the radically polymerizable group as the silane coupling agent (D) When the photosensitive composition of Example 1 containing the silane coupling agent (D1) having a containing group was used in combination, even a thin line with a width of 8 ⁇ m exhibited excellent adhesion to the substrate, and post-baking was performed at a low temperature. It can be seen that a cured product which is finely patterned and which has excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed even if it is carried out.
  • the cured product formed using the photosensitive composition of Example 1 was excellent in solvent resistance and had a high light transmittance at a wavelength of 400 nm.
  • Comparative Example 1 using a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group-containing group that is not a radically polymerizable group-containing group instead of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group peeling occurred during development. This resulted in fine lines with poor adhesion to the substrate.
  • the photosensitive composition of Comparative Example 2 using the compound A-1-1 instead of the reaction product of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) formed a pattern. could not.

Abstract

Provided are: a photosensitive composition which can form a cured product that is finely patterned and exhibits excellent adhesion to a substrate even if heat treated at a low temperature; a cured product of said photosensitive composition; and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the photosensitive composition. This photosensitive composition contains an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C) and a silane coupling agent (D). The alkali-soluble resin (A) contains a product of a reaction between: a compound (A-1) having a specific structure having a carboxyl group; and an epoxy compound (A-2) which contains a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and has 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure. The silane coupling agent (D) contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radical-polymerizable group-containing group.

Description

感光性組成物、硬化物、及びパターン化された硬化膜の製造方法Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film
 本発明は、感光性組成物と、当該感光性組成物の硬化物と、前述の感光性組成物を用いるパターン化された硬化膜の製造方法とに関する。 The present invention relates to a photosensitive composition, a cured product of the photosensitive composition, and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the photosensitive composition.
 種々の半導体素子における絶縁層等の機能層の製造や、液晶表示パネル、有機EL表示パネル等の画像表示パネルの製造表示装置における絶縁層や種々の光学的機能層の製造において、露光により硬化し得るネガ型の感光性組成物が広く使用されている。 In the production of functional layers such as insulating layers in various semiconductor devices, and in the production of image display panels such as liquid crystal display panels and organic EL display panels, insulating layers and various optical functional layers in display devices are cured by exposure. The resulting negative-working photosensitive composition is widely used.
 かかる感光性組成物としては、例えば、基材に対する十分な密着性を有する硬化膜を形成できる感光性組成物として、アクリル樹脂と、特定の構造のシランカップリング材と、重合性化合物とを含む感光性組成物が提案されている(特許文献1を参照)。 Such a photosensitive composition includes, for example, an acrylic resin, a silane coupling agent having a specific structure, and a polymerizable compound as a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured film having sufficient adhesion to a substrate. A photosensitive composition has been proposed (see Patent Document 1).
国際公開第2015/194639号公International Publication No. 2015/194639
 このような機能層等(硬化物)は、例えば、感光性組成物を塗布及び露光した後に加熱することで製造される。また、位置選択的な露光を行うことにより、所望の形状を有するパターン化された硬化物を形成できる。
 しかしながら、特許文献1等の従来の感光性組成物を用いて、低温の加熱により、微細にパターニングされた硬化物を製造する場合、基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成しにくいという問題がある。
Such a functional layer or the like (cured product) is produced, for example, by applying and exposing a photosensitive composition, followed by heating. Also, by performing position-selective exposure, a patterned cured product having a desired shape can be formed.
However, when a conventional photosensitive composition such as that disclosed in Patent Document 1 is used to produce a finely patterned cured product by heating at a low temperature, there is a problem that it is difficult to form a cured product with excellent adhesion to the substrate. be.
 本発明は、上記の課題に鑑みなされたものであって、低温での加熱処理でも、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成できる感光性組成物と、当該感光性組成物の硬化物と、前述の感光性組成物を用いるパターン化された硬化膜の製造方法とを提供することを目的とする。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product that is finely patterned and has excellent adhesion to a substrate even by heat treatment at a low temperature, and the photosensitive composition. An object of the present invention is to provide a cured product of a product and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the above photosensitive composition.
 本発明者らは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)と、光重合開始剤(C)と、シランカップリング剤(D)とを含み、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)として、カルボキシ基を有する特定の構造の化合物(A-1)と、オキシラン環以外の環式構造を含み、且つ、前記環式構造に結合する3以上のエポキシ基含有基を有するエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物を用い、且つ、シランカップリング剤(D)として、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を用いることにより上記の課題を解決できることを見出し、本発明を完成するに至った。具体的には、本発明は以下のものを提供する。 The present inventors have found that the alkali-soluble resin (A) contains an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C), and a silane coupling agent (D), and the alkali-soluble resin (A) has a specific structure having a carboxy group. Using a reaction product of a compound (A-1) and an epoxy compound (A-2) containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure, In addition, the inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by using a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group as the silane coupling agent (D), and have completed the present invention. Specifically, the present invention provides the following.
 本発明の第1の態様は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)と、光重合開始剤(C)と、シランカップリング剤(D)とを含み、
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)が、下記式(a-1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(式(a-1)中、Xは、下記式(a-2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
で表される基を示し、Zは、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から2つのカルボン酸無水物基を除いた残基を示し、Ra0は、水素原子又は-CO-Y-COOHで表される基を示し、Yは、ジカルボン酸無水物からカルボン酸無水物基を除いた残基を示し、t1は、0以上20以下の整数を示し、
 式(a-2)中、Ra1は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、炭素原子数1以上6以下の炭化水素基、又はハロゲン原子を示し、Ra2は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基を示し、Ra3は、それぞれ独立に直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基を示し、t2は、0又は1を示し、Wは、下記式(a-3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
で表される基を示し、
 式(a-3)中の環Aは、芳香族環と縮合していてもよく置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族環を示す。)
で表される化合物(A-1)と、オキシラン環以外の環式構造を含み、且つ、前記環式構造に結合する3以上のエポキシ基含有基を有するエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物を含み、
 前記シランカップリング剤(D)が、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を含む、感光性組成物である。
A first aspect of the present invention comprises an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C), and a silane coupling agent (D),
The alkali-soluble resin (A) has the following formula (a-1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
(In formula (a-1), X a is the following formula (a-2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two carboxylic anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and R a0 is a hydrogen atom or —CO—Y a —COOH. Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the carboxylic anhydride group from the dicarboxylic anhydride, t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less,
In formula (a-2), R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. , R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group, t2 represents 0 or 1, and W a represents the following formula (a-3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
represents a group represented by
Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent. )
and an epoxy compound (A-2) containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure. including things
The silane coupling agent (D) is a photosensitive composition containing a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
 本発明の第2の態様は、第1の態様にかかる感光性組成物の硬化物である。 A second aspect of the present invention is a cured product of the photosensitive composition according to the first aspect.
 本発明の第3の態様は、基板上に第1の態様にかかる感光性組成物を塗布して塗布膜を形成することと、
 塗布膜を位置選択的に露光することと、
 露光された前記塗布膜を現像液により現像することと、を含むパターン化された硬化膜の製造方法である。
A third aspect of the present invention is to apply the photosensitive composition according to the first aspect on a substrate to form a coating film;
position-selectively exposing the coating film;
and developing the exposed coating film with a developer.
 本発明によれば、低温での加熱処理でも、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成できる感光性組成物と、当該感光性組成物の硬化物と、前述の感光性組成物を用いるパターン化された硬化膜の製造方法とを提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product that is finely patterned and has excellent adhesion to a substrate even by heat treatment at a low temperature, a cured product of the photosensitive composition, and the above-described photosensitive and a method for producing a patterned cured film using the composition.
≪感光性組成物≫
 感光性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)と、光重合開始剤(C)と、シランカップリング剤(D)とを含む。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)は、下記式(a-1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(式(a-1)中、Xは、下記式(a-2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
で表される基を示し、Zは、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から2つのカルボン酸無水物基を除いた残基を示し、Ra0は、水素原子又は-CO-Y-COOHで表される基を示し、Yは、ジカルボン酸無水物からカルボン酸無水物基を除いた残基を示し、t1は、0以上20以下の整数を示し、
 式(a-2)中、Ra1は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、炭素原子数1以上6以下の炭化水素基、又はハロゲン原子を示し、Ra2は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基を示し、Ra3は、それぞれ独立に直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基を示し、t2は、0又は1を示し、Wは、下記式(a-3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
で表される基を示し、
 式(a-3)中の環Aは、芳香族環と縮合していてもよく置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族環を示す。)
で表される化合物(A-1)と、オキシラン環以外の環式構造を含み、且つ、前記環式構造に結合する3以上のエポキシ基含有基を有するエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物を含む。
<<Photosensitive composition>>
The photosensitive composition contains an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photoinitiator (C) and a silane coupling agent (D).
The alkali-soluble resin (A) has the following formula (a-1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
(In formula (a-1), X a is the following formula (a-2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two carboxylic anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and R a0 is a hydrogen atom or —CO—Y a —COOH. Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the carboxylic anhydride group from the dicarboxylic anhydride, t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less,
In formula (a-2), R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. , R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group, t2 represents 0 or 1, and W a represents the following formula (a-3):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
represents a group represented by
Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent. )
and an epoxy compound (A-2) containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure. Including things.
 また、シランカップリング剤(D)は、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を含む。 In addition, the silane coupling agent (D) includes a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
 感光性組成物が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)としての上記の化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物と、シランカップリング剤(D)としてのラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)とを組み合わせて含む場合、露光後の加熱処理(ポストベーク)を低温(例えば、110℃以下、好ましくは100℃以下)で行っても、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成できる。
 このため、露光後の加熱処理を低温で行っても、基板への密着性に優れる細線(例えば、幅10μm以下、好ましくは幅8μm以下の細線パターン)からなる硬化物を形成することができる。したがって、例えば、発光層等の熱に弱い部材を有し高温での加熱がし難い基板であっても、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成することができる。
The photosensitive composition contains a reaction product of the above compound (A-1) as the alkali-soluble resin (A) and the epoxy compound (A-2), and a radically polymerizable group as the silane coupling agent (D). When it contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a group in combination, even if the heat treatment (post-baking) after exposure is performed at a low temperature (for example, 110 ° C. or less, preferably 100 ° C. or less), fine patterning is obtained. Moreover, a cured product having excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
Therefore, even if the post-exposure heat treatment is performed at a low temperature, it is possible to form a cured product consisting of fine lines (for example, a fine line pattern with a width of 10 μm or less, preferably 8 μm or less) that has excellent adhesion to the substrate. Therefore, for example, even if the substrate has a heat-sensitive member such as a light-emitting layer and is difficult to heat to a high temperature, a cured product that is finely patterned and has excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
 また、上記の感光性組成物を用いると、露光後の加熱処理を低温で行っても、十分に高い硬化物の耐溶剤性を得やすい。
 種々の半導体素子における絶縁層等の機能層の製造や、液晶表示パネル、有機EL表示パネル等の画像表示パネルの製造においては、その製造工程において有機溶剤が使用されることが多い。上記感光性組成物は、耐溶剤性が高い硬化物を与えるため、製造工程において有機溶剤が使用される用途に好適である。
In addition, when the above-mentioned photosensitive composition is used, even if heat treatment after exposure is performed at a low temperature, sufficiently high solvent resistance of the cured product can be easily obtained.
Organic solvents are often used in the manufacturing process of manufacturing functional layers such as insulating layers in various semiconductor devices and image display panels such as liquid crystal display panels and organic EL display panels. Since the photosensitive composition gives a cured product with high solvent resistance, it is suitable for applications in which an organic solvent is used in the manufacturing process.
 さらに、感光性組成物が、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)としての上記の化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物と、シランカップリング剤(D)としてのラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)とを組み合わせて含み、且つ着色剤を含まない場合、感光性組成物を用いて光線透過率の高い透明性に優れる硬化物を形成できる。 Furthermore, the photosensitive composition comprises a reaction product of the above compound (A-1) as an alkali-soluble resin (A) and an epoxy compound (A-2), and a radically polymerizable silane coupling agent (D). When the photosensitive composition contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a group-containing group in combination and does not contain a colorant, a cured product having high light transmittance and excellent transparency can be formed using the photosensitive composition.
 以下、感光性組成物に含まれる、必須又は任意の成分と、感光性組成物の調製方法とについて説明する。 The essential or optional components contained in the photosensitive composition and the method for preparing the photosensitive composition will be described below.
<アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)>
 感光性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)を含む。アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)は、前述の化合物(A-1)と前述のエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物を含む。以下、この反応物について、「反応物(A-I)」とも記す。
 ここで、本明細書において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)とは、分子内にアルカリ可溶性を持たせる官能基(例えば、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基等)を備える樹脂を指す。
<Alkali-soluble resin (A)>
The photosensitive composition contains an alkali-soluble resin (A). The alkali-soluble resin (A) contains a reaction product of the aforementioned compound (A-1) and the aforementioned epoxy compound (A-2). Hereinafter, this reactant is also referred to as “reactant (AI)”.
Here, in this specification, the alkali-soluble resin (A) refers to a resin having a functional group (for example, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a sulfonic acid group, etc.) that imparts alkali-solubility in the molecule.
 感光性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)として、上記の反応物(A-I)とともに、反応物(A-I)以外の他のアルカリ可溶性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。反応物(A-I)の使用による所望する効果を得やすい点から、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)中の反応物(A-I)の質量の比率は、50質量%以上が好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上がさらに好ましく、100質量%が特に好ましい。
 反応物(A-I)以外の他のアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、ノボラック樹脂(A-II)、変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)、及びアクリル系樹脂(A-IV)が挙げられる。
The photosensitive composition may contain, as the alkali-soluble resin (A), an alkali-soluble resin other than the reactant (AI) together with the reactant (AI). The mass ratio of the reactant (AI) in the alkali-soluble resin (A) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass, from the viewpoint of easily obtaining the desired effect by using the reactant (AI). The above is more preferable, 90% by mass or more is even more preferable, and 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
Alkali-soluble resins other than reactant (AI) include novolak resins (A-II), modified epoxy resins (A-III), and acrylic resins (A-IV).
 以下、反応物(A-I)、ノボラック樹脂(A-II)、変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)、及びアクリル系樹脂(A-IV)について説明する。 The reactant (AI), novolak resin (A-II), modified epoxy resin (A-III), and acrylic resin (A-IV) are described below.
〔反応物(A-I)〕
 前述の通り、前述の化合物(A-1)と前述のエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物である。以下の、化合物(A-1)、エポキシ化合物(A-2)、及び反応物(A-I)の製造方法について説明する。
[Reactant (AI)]
As described above, it is a reaction product of the aforementioned compound (A-1) and the aforementioned epoxy compound (A-2). Methods for producing compound (A-1), epoxy compound (A-2), and reactant (AI) are described below.
〔化合物(A-1)〕
 化合物(A-1)は、いわゆるカルド構造を有するカルド樹脂である。化合物(A-1)はとしては、下記式(a-1)で表される化合物が使用される。
[Compound (A-1)]
The compound (A-1) is a cardo resin having a so-called cardo structure. As the compound (A-1), a compound represented by the following formula (a-1) is used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 式(a-1)中、Xは、下記式(a-2)で表される基を示す。t1は、0以上20以下の整数を示す。 In formula (a-1), X a represents a group represented by formula (a-2) below. t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 上記式(a-2)中、Ra1は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、炭素原子数1以上6以下の炭化水素基、又はハロゲン原子を示し、Ra2は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基を示し、Ra3は、それぞれ独立に直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基を示し、t2は、0又は1を示し、Wは、下記式(a-3)で表される基を示す。 In the above formula (a-2), R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group, t2 represents 0 or 1, and W a represents a group represented by the following formula (a-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 式(a-2)中、Ra3としては、炭素原子数1以上20以下のアルキレン基が好ましく、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキレン基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキレン基が特に好ましく、エタン-1,2-ジイル基、プロパン-1,2-ジイル基、及びプロパン1,3-ジイル基が最も好ましい。 In formula (a-2), R a3 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. is particularly preferred, and ethane-1,2-diyl, propane-1,2-diyl and propane-1,3-diyl groups are most preferred.
 式(a-3)中の環Aは、芳香族環と縮合していてもよく置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族環を示す。脂肪族環は、脂肪族炭化水素環であっても、脂肪族複素環であってもよい。
 脂肪族環としては、モノシクロアルカン、ビシクロアルカン、トリシクロアルカン、テトラシクロアルカン等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、シクロヘプタン、シクロオクタン等のモノシクロアルカンや、アダマンタン、ノルボルナン、イソボルナン、トリシクロデカン、テトラシクロドデカンが挙げられる。
 脂肪族環に縮合してもよい芳香族環は、芳香族炭化水素環でも芳香族複素環でもよく、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましい。具体的にはベンゼン環、及びナフタレン環が好ましい。
Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent. The aliphatic ring may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
Aliphatic rings include monocycloalkanes, bicycloalkanes, tricycloalkanes, tetracycloalkanes and the like.
Specific examples include monocycloalkanes such as cyclopentane, cyclohexane, cycloheptane and cyclooctane, adamantane, norbornane, isobornane, tricyclodecane and tetracyclododecane.
The aromatic ring which may be condensed with the aliphatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. Specifically, a benzene ring and a naphthalene ring are preferred.
 式(a-3)で表される2価基の好適な例としては、下記の基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Suitable examples of the divalent group represented by formula (a-3) include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(a-1)中の2価基Xは、残基Zを与えるテトラカルボン酸二無水物と、下式(a-2a)で表されるジオール化合物とを反応させることにより、カルド樹脂(a-1)中に導入される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
The divalent group X a in the formula (a-1) can be obtained by reacting a tetracarboxylic dianhydride that gives the residue Z a with a diol compound represented by the following formula (a-2a). It is introduced into the resin (a-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 式(a-2a)中、Ra1、Ra2、Ra3、及びt2は、式(a-2)について説明した通りである。式(a-2a)中の環Aについては、式(a-3)について説明した通りである。 In formula (a-2a), R a1 , R a2 , R a3 and t2 are as described for formula (a-2). Ring A in formula (a-2a) is as described for formula (a-3).
 式(a-2a)で表されるジオール化合物は、例えば、以下の方法により製造し得る。
 まず、下記式(a-2b)で表されるジオール化合物が有するフェノール性水酸基中の水素原子を、必要に応じて、常法に従って、-Ra3-OHで表される基に置換した後、エピクロルヒドリン等を用いてグリシジル化して、下記式(a-2c)で表されるエポキシ化合物を得る。
 次いで、式(a-2c)で表されるエポキシ化合物を、アクリル酸又はメタクリル酸と反応させることにより、式(a-2a)で表されるジオール化合物が得られる。
 式(a-2b)及び式(a-2c)中、Ra1、Ra3、及びt2は、式(a-2)について説明した通りである。式(a-2b)及び式(a-2c)中の環Aについては、式(a-3)について説明した通りである。
 なお、式(a-2a)で表されるジオール化合物の製造方法は、上記の方法に限定されない。
A diol compound represented by formula (a-2a) can be produced, for example, by the following method.
First, the hydrogen atom in the phenolic hydroxyl group of the diol compound represented by the following formula (a-2b) is, if necessary, replaced by a group represented by —R a3 —OH according to a conventional method, Glycidylation is performed using epichlorohydrin or the like to obtain an epoxy compound represented by the following formula (a-2c).
Then, the epoxy compound represented by formula (a-2c) is reacted with acrylic acid or methacrylic acid to obtain the diol compound represented by formula (a-2a).
In formulas (a-2b) and (a-2c), R a1 , R a3 and t2 are as described for formula (a-2). Ring A in formulas (a-2b) and (a-2c) is as described for formula (a-3).
The method for producing the diol compound represented by formula (a-2a) is not limited to the above method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 式(a-2b)で表されるジオール化合物の好適な例としては、以下のジオール化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Suitable examples of the diol compound represented by formula (a-2b) include the following diol compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 上記式(a-1)中、Ra0は水素原子又は-CO-Y-COOHで表される基である。ここで、Yは、ジカルボン酸無水物から酸無水物基(-CO-O-CO-)を除いた残基を示す。ジカルボン酸無水物の例としては、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、無水テトラヒドロフタル酸、無水ヘキサヒドロフタル酸、無水メチルエンドメチレンテトラヒドロフタル酸、無水クロレンド酸、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水グルタル酸等が挙げられる。 In formula (a-1) above, R a0 is a hydrogen atom or a group represented by —CO—Y a —COOH. Here, Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the acid anhydride group (--CO--O--CO--) from the dicarboxylic acid anhydride. Examples of dicarboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, methylendomethylenetetrahydrophthalic anhydride, chlorendic anhydride, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride. Examples include phthalic anhydride and glutaric anhydride.
 また、上記式(a-1)中、Zは、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から2個の酸無水物基を除いた残基を示す。テトラカルボン酸二無水物の例としては、下記式(a-4)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ピロメリット酸二無水物、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビフェニルテトラカルボン酸二無水物、ビフェニルエーテルテトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。
 また、上記式(a-1)中、t1は、0以上20以下の整数を示す。
In the above formula (a-1), Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two acid anhydride groups from a tetracarboxylic dianhydride. Examples of tetracarboxylic dianhydrides include tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by the following formula (a-4), pyromellitic dianhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, and biphenyltetracarboxylic dianhydride. , biphenyl ether tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and the like.
In the above formula (a-1), t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(式(a-4)中、Ra4、Ra5、及びRa6は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキル基及びフッ素原子からなる群より選択される1種を示し、t3は、0以上12以下の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(In formula (a-4), R a4 , R a5 , and R a6 are each independently one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and a fluorine atom. and t3 is an integer from 0 to 12.)
 式(a-4)中のRa4として選択され得るアルキル基は、炭素原子数が1以上10以下のアルキル基である。アルキル基の備える炭素原子数をこの範囲に設定することで、得られるカルボン酸エステルの耐熱性を一段と向上させることができる。Ra4がアルキル基である場合、その炭素原子数は、反応物(A-I)の耐熱性を高めやすい点から、1以上6以下が好ましく、1以上5以下がより好ましく、1以上4以下がさらに好ましく、1以上3以下が特に好ましい。
 Ra4がアルキル基である場合、当該アルキル基は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。
The alkyl group that can be selected as R a4 in formula (a-4) is an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. By setting the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group within this range, the heat resistance of the obtained carboxylic acid ester can be further improved. When R a4 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms thereof is preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and 1 or more and 4 or less, from the viewpoint of easily increasing the heat resistance of the reactant (AI). is more preferable, and 1 or more and 3 or less is particularly preferable.
When R a4 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
 式(a-4)中のRa4としては、反応物(A-I)の耐熱性を高めやすい点から、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキル基がより好ましい。式(a-4)中のRa4は、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基又はイソプロピル基がより好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基が特に好ましい。
 式(a-4)中の複数のRa4は、高純度のテトラカルボン酸二無水物の調製が容易であることから、同一の基であるのが好ましい。
R a4 in formula (a-4) is more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms independently from the viewpoint that the heat resistance of the reactant (AI) can be easily increased. R a4 in formula (a-4) is more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group or an isopropyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Plural R a4 groups in formula (a-4) are preferably the same group, since this facilitates the preparation of a highly pure tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
 式(a-4)中のt3は0以上12以下の整数を示す。t3の値を12以下とすることによって、テトラカルボン酸二無水物の精製を容易にすることができる。
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の精製が容易である点から、t3の上限は5が好ましく、3がより好ましい。
 テトラカルボン酸二無水物の化学的安定性の点から、t3の下限は1が好ましく、2がより好ましい。
 式(a-4)中のt3は、2又は3が特に好ましい。
t3 in formula (a-4) represents an integer of 0 or more and 12 or less. By setting the value of t3 to 12 or less, purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride can be facilitated.
The upper limit of t3 is preferably 5, more preferably 3, from the viewpoint of facilitating purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride.
From the viewpoint of chemical stability of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride, the lower limit of t3 is preferably 1, more preferably 2.
t3 in formula (a-4) is particularly preferably 2 or 3.
 式(a-4)中のRa5、及びRa6として選択され得る炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキル基は、Ra4として選択され得る炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキル基と同様である。
 Ra5、及びRa6は、テトラカルボン酸二無水物の精製が容易である点から、水素原子、又は炭素原子数1以上10以下(好ましくは1以上6以下、より好ましくは1以上5以下、さらに好ましくは1以上4以下、特に好ましくは1以上3以下)のアルキル基であるのが好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であるのが特に好ましい。
The alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be selected as R a5 and R a6 in formula (a-4) is the same as the alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms that can be selected as R a4 .
R a5 and R a6 each have a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom number of 1 to 10 (preferably 1 to 6, more preferably 1 to 5, since purification of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride is easy, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less), and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 式(a-4)で表されるテトラカルボン酸二無水物としては、例えば、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロペンタノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(別名「ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-2’-シクロペンタノン-5’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物」)、メチルノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロペンタノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-(メチルノルボルナン)-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロヘキサノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物(別名「ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-2’-シクロヘキサノン-6’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物」)、メチルノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロヘキサノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-(メチルノルボルナン)-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロプロパノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロブタノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロヘプタノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロオクタノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロノナノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロデカノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロウンデカノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロドデカノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロトリデカノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロテトラデカノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-シクロペンタデカノン-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-(メチルシクロペンタノン)-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物、ノルボルナン-2-スピロ-α-(メチルシクロヘキサノン)-α’-スピロ-2’’-ノルボルナン-5,5’’,6,6’’-テトラカルボン酸二無水物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the tetracarboxylic dianhydride represented by formula (a-4) include norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α′-spiro-2″-norbornane-5,5″, 6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (also known as "norbornane-2-spiro-2'-cyclopentanone-5'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6'' -tetracarboxylic dianhydride”), methylnorbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentanone-α′-spiro-2″-(methylnorbornane)-5,5″,6,6″-tetra Carboxylic acid dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclohexanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride (also known as "norbornane- 2-spiro-2′-cyclohexanone-6′-spiro-2″-norbornane-5,5″,6,6″-tetracarboxylic dianhydride”), methylnorbornane-2-spiro-α- Cyclohexanone-α'-spiro-2''-(methylnorbornane)-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopropanone-α'- spiro-2″-norbornane-5,5″,6,6″-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclobutanone-α′-spiro-2″-norbornane-5, 5″,6,6″-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cycloheptanone-α′-spiro-2″-norbornane-5,5″,6,6′ '-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclooctanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride , norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclononanone-α′-spiro-2″-norbornane-5,5″,6,6″-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclodecanone -α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cycloundecanone-α'-spiro-2' '-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclododecanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5' ',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclotridecanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''- tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclotetradecanone-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-cyclopentadecanone-α′-spiro-2″-norbornane-5,5″,6,6″-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α -(methylcyclopentanone)-α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride, norbornane-2-spiro-α-(methylcyclohexanone) -α'-spiro-2''-norbornane-5,5'',6,6''-tetracarboxylic dianhydride and the like.
 化合物(A-1)の重量平均分子量は、1000以上40000以下であることが好ましく、1500以上30000以下であることがより好ましく、2000以上10000以下であることがさらに好ましい。上記の範囲とすることにより、反応物(A-I)をアルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)として用いることにより、感光性組成物の硬化物の溶剤耐性を特に高めやすい。 The weight average molecular weight of compound (A-1) is preferably 1000 or more and 40000 or less, more preferably 1500 or more and 30000 or less, and even more preferably 2000 or more and 10000 or less. By adjusting the above range, the use of the reactant (AI) as the alkali-soluble resin (A) makes it particularly easy to increase the solvent resistance of the cured product of the photosensitive composition.
〔エポキシ化合物(A-2)〕
 エポキシ化合物(A-2)は、オキシラン環以外の環式構造を含み、且つ、当該環式構造に結合する3以上のエポキシ基含有基を有するエポキシ化合物である。例えば、フロログルシノールトリグリジルエーテルが、エポキシ化合物(A-2)に該当する。フロログルシノールトリグリシジルエーテルにおいて、ベンゼン環構造が「オキシラン環以外の環式構造」に該当する。また、3つのグリシジルオキシ基が、「環式構造に結合する3以上のエポキシ基含有基」に該当する。
[Epoxy compound (A-2)]
The epoxy compound (A-2) is an epoxy compound containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure. For example, phloroglucinol triglydyl ether corresponds to the epoxy compound (A-2). In phloroglucinol triglycidyl ether, the benzene ring structure corresponds to "a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring". Also, three glycidyloxy groups correspond to "three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to a cyclic structure".
 なお、環式構造が3以上のエポキシ基含有基を有するとは、単環式構造又は縮合環式構造に3以上のエポキシ基含有基が結合することを意味する。
 例えば、グリシジルエーテル型のフェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂は、エポキシ化合物(A-2)に該当しない。グリシジルエーテル型のフェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂は、通常、環式構造として複数のベンゼン環構造を含み、3以上のエポキシ基含有基として3以上のグリシジルオキシ基を有する。しかし、グリシジルエーテル型のフェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂において、単環式構造であるベンゼン環構造に1つのグリシジルオキシ基しか結合しない。このため、グリシジルエーテル型のフェノールノボラックエポキシ樹脂は、「単環式構造又は縮合環式構造に3以上のエポキシ基含有基が結合する」との要件を満たさない。
The cyclic structure having 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups means that 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups are bonded to the monocyclic structure or condensed cyclic structure.
For example, a glycidyl ether type phenol novolac epoxy resin does not fall under the epoxy compound (A-2). A glycidyl ether type phenol novolak epoxy resin usually contains a plurality of benzene ring structures as a cyclic structure and has 3 or more glycidyloxy groups as 3 or more epoxy group-containing groups. However, in the glycidyl ether type phenol novolac epoxy resin, only one glycidyloxy group is bonded to the monocyclic benzene ring structure. For this reason, glycidyl ether type phenol novolac epoxy resins do not satisfy the requirement that "three or more epoxy group-containing groups are bonded to a monocyclic structure or condensed cyclic structure".
 エポキシ化合物(A-2)として好適な化合物としては、下記式(A-2a)又は下記式(A-2b)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Compounds suitable as the epoxy compound (A-2) include compounds represented by the following formula (A-2a) or the following formula (A-2b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(A-2a)中、Xa1、Xa2、及びXa3は、エポキシ基含有基である。式(A-2b)中、Xa4、及びXa5は、エポキシ基含有基、又はアルキル基である。式(A-2b)において、x1個のXa4及びx1個のXa5のうちの少なくとも3つはエポキシ基含有基である。x1は3以上の整数である。 In formula (A-2a), X a1 , X a2 and X a3 are epoxy group-containing groups. In formula (A-2b), X a4 and X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups or alkyl groups. In formula (A-2b), at least three of x1 X a4 and x1 X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups. x1 is an integer of 3 or more.
 式(A-2a)で表される化合物としては、下記式(A-2a1)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
As the compound represented by the formula (A-2a), a compound represented by the following formula (A-2a1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(A-2a1)中、Xa11~Xa13は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-NH-及びこれらの組み合わせからなる基である。Xa11~Xa13は、それぞれ同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよく、同一であるのが好ましい。E1~E3は、それぞれ独立に、オキシラニル基、エポキシシクロアルキル基、又はエポキシポリシクロアルキル基である。
 なお、エポキシシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルキル基における>CH-CH<として表される飽和炭素-炭素結合の少なくとも1つが下記のオキシラン環を含む構造に置換された基を意味する。また、エポキシポリシクロアルキル基は、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基等のポリシクロアルキル基における飽和炭素-炭素結合の少なくとも1つが下記のオキシラン環を含む構造に置換された基を意味する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
In formula (A-2a1), X a11 to X a13 are linear, branched or cyclic alkylene groups, arylene groups, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NH—, and combinations thereof It is a group consisting of X a11 to X a13 may be the same or different, and are preferably the same. E1 to E3 are each independently an oxiranyl group, an epoxycycloalkyl group, or an epoxypolycycloalkyl group.
The epoxycycloalkyl group means a group in which at least one of the saturated carbon-carbon bonds represented by >CH—CH< in the cycloalkyl group is substituted with the structure containing the following oxirane ring. An epoxypolycycloalkyl group means a group in which at least one saturated carbon-carbon bond in a polycycloalkyl group such as a norbornyl group or a tricyclodecanyl group is substituted with a structure containing the following oxirane ring.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 エポキシシクロアルキル基、及びエポキシポリシクロアルキル基の好適な具体例としては下記の基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Preferred specific examples of epoxycycloalkyl groups and epoxypolycycloalkyl groups include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(A-2a1)中、Xa11~Xa13としての直鎖状、分岐鎖状又は環状のアルキレン基としては、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキレン基が好ましい。Xa11~Xa13としてのアリーレン基としては、炭素原子数6以上10以下のアリーレン基が好ましい。
 Xa11~Xa13は、直鎖状の炭素原子数1以上3以下のアルキレン基、フェニレン基、-O-、-C(=O)-、-NH-及びこれらの組み合わせからなる基であることが好ましく、メチレン基等の直鎖状の炭素原子数1以上3以下のアルキレン基及びフェニレン基の少なくとも1種、又は、これらと、-O-、-C(=O)-及びNH-の少なくとも1種との組み合わせからなる基が好ましい。
In formula (A-2a1), the linear, branched or cyclic alkylene group for X a11 to X a13 is preferably an alkylene group having 1 or more and 10 or less carbon atoms. As the arylene groups for X a11 to X a13 , arylene groups having 6 or more and 10 or less carbon atoms are preferable.
X a11 to X a13 are linear alkylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, phenylene groups, —O—, —C(═O)—, —NH—, and groups consisting of combinations thereof. is preferred, and at least one of straight-chain alkylene groups and phenylene groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms such as a methylene group, or these and at least -O-, -C(=O)- and NH- A group consisting of a combination of one species is preferred.
 式(A-2a1)で表される化合物の好ましい具体例としては以下の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Preferred specific examples of the compound represented by formula (A-2a1) include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 前述の通り、下記式(A-2b)で表される環状シロキサン化合物を、エポキシ化合物(A-2)として好ましく使用される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
As described above, a cyclic siloxane compound represented by the following formula (A-2b) is preferably used as the epoxy compound (A-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(A-2b)中、Xa4、及びXa5は、エポキシ基含有基、又はアルキル基である。式(A-2b)において、x1個のXa4及びx1個のXa5のうちの少なくとも3つはエポキシ基含有基である。x1は3以上の整数である。 In formula (A-2b), X a4 and X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups or alkyl groups. In formula (A-2b), at least three of x1 X a4 and x1 X a5 are epoxy group-containing groups. x1 is an integer of 3 or more.
 Xa4、及びXa5としてのエポキシ基含有基は特に限定されない。Xa4、及びXa5としては、式(A-2a)におけるXa1、Xa2、及びXa3としてのエポキシ基含有基と同様の基を採用することができる。
 Xa4、及びXa5としてのエポキシ基含有基としては、グリシジルオキシアルキル基、エポキシシクロアルキルアルキル基、及びエポキシポリシクロアルキルアルキル基が好ましい。
 グリシジルオキシアルキル基の好適な例としては、例えば3-グリシジルオキシ-n-プロピル基、2-グリシジルオキシエチル基、及び4-グリシジルオキシ-n-ブチル基が挙げられる。
The epoxy group-containing groups as X a4 and X a5 are not particularly limited. As X a4 and X a5 , the same epoxy group-containing groups as X a1 , X a2 and X a3 in formula (A-2a) can be employed.
Glycidyloxyalkyl groups, epoxycycloalkylalkyl groups, and epoxypolycycloalkylalkyl groups are preferred as the epoxy group-containing groups for X a4 and X a5 .
Suitable examples of glycidyloxyalkyl groups include, for example, 3-glycidyloxy-n-propyl group, 2-glycidyloxyethyl group, and 4-glycidyloxy-n-butyl group.
 エポキシシクロアルキルアルキル基、及びエポキシポリシクロアルキルアルキル基の好適な例としては下記の基が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Suitable examples of epoxycycloalkylalkyl groups and epoxypolycycloalkylalkyl groups include the following groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 Xa4、及びXa5としてのアルキル基の炭素原子数は特に限定されない。上記アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基等の炭素原子数1以上18以下(好ましくは炭素原子数1以上6以下、特に好ましくは炭素原子数1以上3以下)の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を挙げることができる。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups for X a4 and X a5 is not particularly limited. Examples of the alkyl group include 1 to 18 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms) such as methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, and isopropyl group. can be mentioned linear or branched alkyl groups.
 Xa4、及びXa5の組み合わせとしては、アルキル基と、エポキシ基含有基との組み合わせが好ましい。 As a combination of X a4 and X a5 , a combination of an alkyl group and an epoxy group-containing group is preferable.
 式(A-2b)中のx1は3以上の整数を示し、なかでも、化合物(A-1)との反応性に優れる点で3以上6以下の整数が好ましい。 x1 in the formula (A-2b) represents an integer of 3 or more, and an integer of 3 or more and 6 or less is preferable from the viewpoint of excellent reactivity with the compound (A-1).
 式(A-2b)で表されるエポキシ化合物が分子内に有するエポキシ基含有基の数は3以上であり、化合物(A-1)との反応性の点から3以上6以下が好ましく、特に好ましくは3又は4である。 The number of epoxy group-containing groups in the molecule of the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b) is 3 or more, preferably 3 or more and 6 or less from the viewpoint of reactivity with compound (A-1), particularly Preferably 3 or 4.
 式(A-2b)で表されるエポキシ化合物の好適な具体例としては、下記の化合物が挙げられる。 Suitable specific examples of the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b) include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
(反応物(A-I)の製造方法)
 反応物(A-I)の製造方法は、化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応を良好に進行させることができる限り特に限定されない。化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応は、具体的には、化合物(A-1)が有するカルボキシ基と、エポキシ化合物が有するエポキシ基との間の反応である。
(Method for producing reactant (AI))
The method for producing the reactant (AI) is not particularly limited as long as the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) can proceed satisfactorily. The reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is specifically a reaction between the carboxy group of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy group of the epoxy compound. .
 反応物(A-I)は、通常、下記式(A-1a)で表される化合物、下記式(A-1b)で表される化合物、及び下記式(A1-c)で表される化合物からなる群より選択される1種以上からなる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
The reactant (A-I) is usually a compound represented by the following formula (A-1a), a compound represented by the following formula (A-1b), and a compound represented by the following formula (A1-c). It consists of one or more selected from the group consisting of
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(A-1a)、式(A-1b)、及び式(A-1c)中、X、Y、Z、及びt1は、式(a-1)についてそれぞれ前述した通りである。式(A-1a)、式(A-1b)、及び式(A-1c)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、下記式(Ai)で表される基、又は下記式(Aii)で表される基である。式(A-1a)、式(A-1b)、及び式(A-1c)中、複数のRは、同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
In formulas (A-1a), (A-1b), and (A-1c), X a , Y a , Z a , and t1 are as described above for formula (a-1). In formula (A-1a), formula (A-1b), and formula (A-1c), each R A is independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the following formula (Ai), or the following formula (Aii ) is a group represented by In formulas (A-1a), (A-1b), and (A-1c), multiple RAs may be the same or different.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(Ai)で表される基、及び式(Aii)で表される基は、それぞれ、エポキシ化合物(A-2)に由来する基である。式(Ai)、及び式(Aii)中、R02、R03、及びR04は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又はエポキシ化合物(A-2)が有するエポキシ基含有基を構成する有機基である。R01は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又はエポキシ化合物(A-2)が有するエポキシ基含有基を構成する有機基である。R04とR01とは、両者がそれぞれエポキシ基含有基を構成する有機基である場合に、それぞれ結合して環を形成してもよい。REPは、化合物(A-1)中のカルボキシ基と反応していてもよいエポキシ基含有基を2つ以上有する、エポキシ化合物(A-2)における環式構造を与える環式基である。 The group represented by the formula (Ai) and the group represented by the formula (Aii) are groups derived from the epoxy compound (A-2). In formulas (Ai) and (Aii), R 02 , R 03 and R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group possessed by the epoxy compound (A-2). be. Each R 01 is independently a single bond or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group of the epoxy compound (A-2). When both R 04 and R 01 are organic groups constituting epoxy group-containing groups, they may be combined to form a ring. R EP is a cyclic group that has two or more epoxy group-containing groups that may be reacted with a carboxy group in compound (A-1) and gives a cyclic structure in epoxy compound (A-2).
 前述の通り、式(Ai)で表される基、及び式(Aii)で表される基は、それぞれ、エポキシ化合物(A-2)に由来する基である。式(Ai)又は式(Aii)で表される基を与えるREPとエポキシ基含有基を有するエポキシ化合物は、下記式(Aiii)で表される。式(Aiii)において、R01、R02、R03、R04、及びREPは、式(Ai)及び式(Aii)について前述した通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
As described above, the group represented by formula (Ai) and the group represented by formula (Aii) are groups derived from the epoxy compound (A-2). An epoxy compound having an epoxy group-containing group and REP giving a group represented by formula (Ai) or formula (Aii) is represented by formula (Aiii) below. In formula (Aiii), R 01 , R 02 , R 03 , R 04 , and R EP are as described above for formula (Ai) and formula (Aii).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(A-1a)、式(A-1b)、及び式(A-1c)において、複数のRのうちの2つ以上が式(Ai)で表される基、又は式(Aii)で表される基である場合、これらの基において、複数のR01、複数のR02、複数のR03、複数のR04、及び複数のREPは、それぞれ同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In formulas (A-1a), (A-1b), and (A-1c), two or more of the plurality of R A are groups represented by formula (Ai), or groups represented by formula (Aii) In the case of represented groups, in these groups, multiple R 01 , multiple R 02 , multiple R 03 , multiple R 04 , and multiple R EP may be the same or different. good.
 一例として、反応物が上記式(A1-c)で表される化合物であって、式(A1-c)における一部のRが式(Ai)で表される基であり、式(Ai)におけるREPが有する2つ以上のエポキシ基含有基が化合物(A-1)中のカルボキシ基と反応している場合の化合物の構造を下記式(A-1d)として示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
As an example, the reactant is a compound represented by the above formula (A1-c), a part of R A in formula (A1-c) is a group represented by formula (Ai), and formula (Ai ) in which two or more epoxy group-containing groups possessed by R EP react with the carboxy group in compound (A-1), the structure of the compound is shown as formula (A-1d) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(A-1d)中、X、Y、Z、及びt1は、式(a-1)についてそれぞれ前述した通りである。Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、上記式(Ai)で表される基、又は上記式(Aii)で表される基である。R02、R03、及びR04は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又はエポキシ化合物(A-2)が有するエポキシ基含有基を構成する有機基である。R01は、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又はエポキシ化合物(A-2)が有するエポキシ基含有基を構成する有機基である。R04とR01とは、エポキシ基含有基を構成する有機基である場合に、それぞれ結合して環を形成してもよい。REPは、化合物(A-1)中のカルボキシ基と反応していてもよいエポキシ基含有基を2つ以上有する、エポキシ化合物(A-2)における環式構造を与える環式基である。なお、式(A-1d)に示すRが上記式(Ai)で表される基、又は上記式(Aii)で表される基となる場合、当該RにおけるREPが有する2つ以上のエポキシ基含有基は、化合物(A-1)中のカルボキシ基と反応していてもよい。REPが有する2つ以上のエポキシ基含有基が、化合物(A-1)中のカルボキシ基と反応する比率は、化合物(A-1)及びエポキシ化合物(A-2)の仕込み比率や化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応の条件を調整することにより適宜調整される。
 式(A-1d)中、x2、及びx3は、それぞれ0以上の整数であり、1以上4以下の整数が好ましい。
 例えば、式(A-1d)におけるREPが式(A-2a)で表されるエポキシ化合物に由来する場合、x2及びx3は、それぞれ1又は0であり、x2とx3との和が1である。x2が0の場合、x3が1である。この場合、式(A1-d)で表される反応物中に、化合物(A-1)が有するカルボキシ基と未反応のエポキシ基含有基が存在している。
 式(A-1d)におけるREPが式(A-2b)で表されるエポキシ化合物に由来する場合、x2及びx3は、それぞれ0以上(x1×2-2)以下の整数である。x1については、式(A-2b)について説明した通りである。式(A1-d)中のREPが式(A-2b)で表されるエポキシ化合物に由来し、式(A-2b)におけるXa4及びXa5としてのエポキシ基含有基の総数をx4とする場合、x2が0以上(x4-2)よりも小であると、式(A1-d)で表される反応物中に、化合物(A-1)が有するカルボキシ基と未反応のエポキシ基含有基が存在している。
In formula (A-1d), X a , Y a , Z a and t1 are as described above for formula (a-1). Each RA is independently a hydrogen atom, a group represented by the above formula (Ai), or a group represented by the above formula (Aii). R 02 , R 03 and R 04 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group of the epoxy compound (A-2). Each R 01 is independently a single bond or an organic group constituting an epoxy group-containing group of the epoxy compound (A-2). When R 04 and R 01 are organic groups constituting an epoxy group-containing group, they may be combined to form a ring. R EP is a cyclic group that has two or more epoxy group-containing groups that may be reacted with a carboxy group in compound (A-1) and gives a cyclic structure in epoxy compound (A-2). When R A shown in formula (A-1d) is a group represented by formula (Ai) above or a group represented by formula (Aii) above, R EP in R A has two or more The epoxy group-containing group of may react with the carboxy group in compound (A-1). The ratio at which two or more epoxy group-containing groups possessed by R EP react with the carboxy group in compound (A-1) depends on the charging ratio of compound (A-1) and epoxy compound (A-2) and the compound ( It can be adjusted as appropriate by adjusting the conditions for the reaction between A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2).
In formula (A-1d), x2 and x3 are each an integer of 0 or more, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less.
For example, when R EP in formula (A-1d) is derived from the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2a), x2 and x3 are each 1 or 0, and the sum of x2 and x3 is 1. be. If x2 is 0, then x3 is 1. In this case, the carboxyl group of the compound (A-1) and the unreacted epoxy group-containing group are present in the reactant represented by the formula (A1-d).
When R EP in formula (A-1d) is derived from the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b), x2 and x3 are each integers of 0 or more and (x1×2−2) or less. x1 is as described for formula (A-2b). R EP in formula (A1-d) is derived from the epoxy compound represented by formula (A-2b), and the total number of epoxy group-containing groups as X a4 and X a5 in formula (A-2b) is x4. When x2 is 0 or more and less than (x4-2), the carboxy group and unreacted epoxy group of compound (A-1) are present in the reactant represented by formula (A1-d). Including groups are present.
 反応物(A-I)を製造する際、例えば、エポキシ化合物(A-2)1質量部に対して、化合物(A-1)を5質量部以上90質量部以下反応させるのが好ましく、5質量部以上50質量部以下反応させるのがより好ましく、5質量部以上30質量部以下反応させるのがさらに好ましい。
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応は、通常、両者を混合することにより自然に進行する。
When producing the reactant (AI), for example, it is preferable to react 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less of the compound (A-1) with 1 part by mass of the epoxy compound (A-2). More preferably, the reaction is carried out in an amount of 5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 30 parts by mass or less.
The reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) usually proceeds spontaneously by mixing the two.
 なお、化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との仕込み比率は、感光性組成物の用途に応じて適宜変更され得る。例えば、エポキシ化合物(A-2)が有する全てのエポキシ基を、化合物(A-1)が有するカルボキシ基と反応させる場合、未反応のエポキシ基が残存しないため、反応物(A-I)や感光性組成物の保存安定性が良好である。この場合、感光性組成物の硬化反応は、反応物(A-I)が有するエチレン性不飽和二重結合間の反応である。 The charging ratio of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) can be appropriately changed according to the application of the photosensitive composition. For example, when all the epoxy groups of the epoxy compound (A-2) are reacted with the carboxy groups of the compound (A-1), no unreacted epoxy groups remain. The storage stability of the photosensitive composition is good. In this case, the curing reaction of the photosensitive composition is the reaction between the ethylenically unsaturated double bonds of the reactant (AI).
 エポキシ基を残存させない場合、化合物(A-1)及びエポキシ化合物(A-2)の仕込み比率としては、エポキシ化合物(A-2)が有するエポキシ基1当量に対して、化合物(A-1)が有するカルボキシ基が0.90当量以上1.20当量以下となる比率が好ましい。
 この範囲内の仕込み比率であれば、エポキシ基の残存をごくわずかにでき、反応中のゲル化を抑制でき、保存安定性が良好な反応物(A-I)を得やすい。
When the epoxy group is not left, the charging ratio of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is as follows: 1 equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (A-2) to the compound (A-1) A ratio of 0.90 equivalents or more to 1.20 equivalents or less of the carboxy group possessed by is preferable.
If the charging ratio is within this range, the remaining epoxy groups can be minimized, gelation during the reaction can be suppressed, and the reaction product (AI) with good storage stability can be easily obtained.
 また、化合物(A-1)の使用量を減らし、未反応のエポキシ基を残存させることにより、化合物(A-1)に由来するエチレン性不飽和二重結合と、エポキシ基とを組み合わせて有する反応物(A-I)が得られる。このような反応物(A-I)を用いる場合、エチレン性不飽和二重結合による反応と、エポキシ基による反応とを硬化のために複合的に利用できる。この場合、金属材料への硬化物の密着性が向上したり、硬化時の硬化物の収縮を抑制できたりする。 In addition, by reducing the amount of compound (A-1) used and leaving unreacted epoxy groups, it has an ethylenically unsaturated double bond derived from compound (A-1) in combination with an epoxy group. Reactants (AI) are obtained. When such a reactant (AI) is used, the reaction by the ethylenically unsaturated double bond and the reaction by the epoxy group can be used in combination for curing. In this case, the adhesion of the cured product to the metal material is improved, and the shrinkage of the cured product during curing can be suppressed.
 エポキシ基を残存させる場合、化合物(A-1)及びエポキシ化合物(A-2)の仕込み比率としては、エポキシ化合物(A-2)が有するエポキシ基1当量に対して、化合物(A1)が有するカルボキシ基が0.20当量以上0.90当量未満となる比率が好ましい。 When the epoxy group is to remain, the ratio of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) to be charged is such that the compound (A1) has one equivalent of the epoxy group of the epoxy compound (A-2). A ratio of 0.20 equivalents or more and less than 0.90 equivalents of carboxy groups is preferred.
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応は、有機溶媒中で行われるのが好ましい。
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応に用いることができる溶媒としては、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル等の(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート等の(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン等の他のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等のケトン類;2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル等の乳酸アルキルエステル類;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、ヒドロキシ酢酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルブタン酸メチル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、蟻酸n-ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、プロピオン酸n-ブチル、酪酸エチル、酪酸n-プロピル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸n-ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸n-プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等の他のエステル類;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;N-メチルピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等が挙げられる。
The reaction between compound (A-1) and epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably carried out in an organic solvent.
Solvents that can be used for the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, and ethylene glycol mono- n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl Ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether , tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoethyl ether and other (poly)alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene (Poly)alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates such as glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate; other ethers such as diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran; methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2- Ketones such as heptanone and 3-heptanone; Lactic acid alkyl esters such as methyl 2-hydroxypropionate and ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate; Ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 3- ethyl methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxy Butyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl propionate, ethyl acetate, n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, n-butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate , n-propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, methyl pyruvate, ethyl pyruvate, n-propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate; toluene, aromatic hydrocarbons such as xylene; N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylformamide, N,N-dimethylacetamide and the like.
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)とを良好に反応させて、分子量が十分に高まった反応物(A-I)を得るためには、反応液中の、化合物(A1)の濃度と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)の濃度との合計が、30質量%以上70質量%以下であるのが好ましく、40質量%以上60質量%以下であるのがより好ましい。 In order to cause the compound (A-1) to react well with the epoxy compound (A-2) to obtain the reactant (AI) having a sufficiently high molecular weight, the compound (A1 ) and the concentration of the epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably 30% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less.
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)とを反応させる温度は特に限定されない。例えば、化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応は、-20℃以上100℃以下、好ましくは-10℃以上60℃以下、より好ましくは0℃以上40℃以下で実施しうる。反応温度は、反応の間、一定であってもよく変化してもよい。 The temperature at which the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) are reacted is not particularly limited. For example, the reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is carried out at -20°C or higher and 100°C or lower, preferably -10°C or higher and 60°C or lower, more preferably 0°C or higher and 40°C or lower. can be implemented. The reaction temperature may be constant or may vary during the reaction.
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)とを反応させる時間は特に限定されない。例えば、化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)とを反応させる時間は、1時間以上24時間以下が好ましく、2時間以上12時間以下がより好ましい。 The reaction time of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is not particularly limited. For example, the reaction time between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably 1 hour or more and 24 hours or less, more preferably 2 hours or more and 12 hours or less.
 化合物(A-1)と、エポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応は、例えば、反応物(A-I)の重量平均分子量が5000以上になるまで行われるのが好ましく、6000以上になるまで行われるのがより好ましい。なお、重量平均分子量は、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィーにより測定されるポリスチレン換算の分子量である。 The reaction between the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) is preferably carried out, for example, until the weight average molecular weight of the reactant (AI) reaches 5000 or more, and until it reaches 6000 or more. more preferably done. In addition, a weight average molecular weight is a molecular weight of polystyrene conversion measured by a gel permeation chromatography.
〔ノボラック樹脂(A-II)〕
 感光性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)としてノボラック樹脂(A-II)を含んでいてもよい。ノボラック樹脂(A-II)としては、従来から感光性組成物に配合されている種々のノボラック樹脂を用いることができる。ノボラック樹脂(A-II)としては、フェノール性水酸基を有する芳香族化合物(以下、単に「フェノール類」という。)とアルデヒド類とを酸触媒下で付加縮合させることにより得られるものが好ましい。
[Novolac resin (A-II)]
The photosensitive composition may contain a novolak resin (A-II) as the alkali-soluble resin (A). As the novolak resin (A-II), various novolak resins conventionally blended in photosensitive compositions can be used. As the novolac resin (A-II), those obtained by addition condensation of an aromatic compound having a phenolic hydroxyl group (hereinafter simply referred to as "phenols") and aldehydes in the presence of an acid catalyst are preferred.
(フェノール類)
 ノボラック樹脂(A-II)を作製する際に用いられるフェノール類としては、例えば、フェノール;o-クレゾール、m-クレゾール、p-クレゾール等のクレゾール類;2,3-キシレノール、2,4-キシレノール、2,5-キシレノール、2,6-キシレノール、3,4-キシレノール、3,5-キシレノール等のキシレノール類;o-エチルフェノール、m-エチルフェノール、p-エチルフェノール等のエチルフェノール類;2-イソプロピルフェノール、3-イソプロピルフェノール、4-イソプロピルフェノール、o-ブチルフェノール、m-ブチルフェノール、p-ブチルフェノール、並びにp-tert-ブチルフェノール等のアルキルフェノール類;2,3,5-トリメチルフェノール、及び3,4,5-トリメチルフェノール等のトリアルキルフェノール類;レゾルシノール、カテコール、ハイドロキノン、ハイドロキノンモノメチルエーテル、ピロガロール、及びフロログリシノール等の多価フェノール類;アルキルレゾルシン、アルキルカテコール、及びアルキルハイドロキノン等のアルキル多価フェノール類(いずれのアルキル基も炭素原子数1以上4以下である。);α-ナフトール;β-ナフトール;ヒドロキシジフェニル;並びにビスフェノールA等が挙げられる。これらのフェノール類は、単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(Phenols)
Phenols used for producing the novolak resin (A-II) include, for example, phenol; cresols such as o-cresol, m-cresol and p-cresol; 2,3-xylenol and 2,4-xylenol , 2,5-xylenol, 2,6-xylenol, 3,4-xylenol, and 3,5-xylenol; o-ethylphenol, m-ethylphenol, p-ethylphenol, and other ethylphenols;2 -alkylphenols such as isopropylphenol, 3-isopropylphenol, 4-isopropylphenol, o-butylphenol, m-butylphenol, p-butylphenol and p-tert-butylphenol; 2,3,5-trimethylphenol and 3,4 ,5-trimethylphenol, etc.; polyhydric phenols, such as resorcinol, catechol, hydroquinone, hydroquinone monomethyl ether, pyrogallol, and phloroglycinol; alkyl polyhydric phenols, such as alkylresorcinol, alkylcatechol and alkylhydroquinone. (All alkyl groups have from 1 to 4 carbon atoms.); α-naphthol; β-naphthol; hydroxydiphenyl; These phenols may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 これらのフェノール類の中でも、m-クレゾール及びp-クレゾールが好ましく、m-クレゾールとp-クレゾールとを併用することがより好ましい。この場合、両者の配合割合を調整することにより、感光性組成物を用いて形成される硬化物の耐熱性等の諸特性を調節することができる。
 m-クレゾールとp-クレゾールの配合割合は特に限定されるものではないが、m-クレゾール/p-クレゾールのモル比で、3/7以上8/2以下が好ましい。m-クレゾール及びp-クレゾールをかかる範囲の比率で用いることにより、耐熱性に優れる硬化物を形成可能な感光性組成物を得やすい。
Among these phenols, m-cresol and p-cresol are preferred, and the combined use of m-cresol and p-cresol is more preferred. In this case, various properties such as heat resistance of the cured product formed using the photosensitive composition can be adjusted by adjusting the mixing ratio of both.
The mixing ratio of m-cresol and p-cresol is not particularly limited, but the molar ratio of m-cresol/p-cresol is preferably 3/7 or more and 8/2 or less. By using m-cresol and p-cresol in such a ratio, it is easy to obtain a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product having excellent heat resistance.
 また、m-クレゾールと、2,3,5-トリメチルフェノールとを併用して製造されるノボラック樹脂も好ましい。かかるノボラック樹脂を用いる場合、ポストベーク時の加熱により過度にフローしにくい硬化物を形成できる感光性組成物を、特に得やすい。
 m-クレゾールと2,3,5-トリメチルフェノールの配合割合は特に限定されるものではないが、m-クレゾール/2,3,5-トリメチルフェノールのモル比で、70/30以上95/5以下が好ましい。
Also preferred is a novolac resin produced by using m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol in combination. When such a novolac resin is used, it is particularly easy to obtain a photosensitive composition capable of forming a cured product that is not excessively flowable when heated during post-baking.
The mixing ratio of m-cresol and 2,3,5-trimethylphenol is not particularly limited, but the molar ratio of m-cresol/2,3,5-trimethylphenol is 70/30 or more and 95/5 or less. is preferred.
(アルデヒド類)
 ノボラック樹脂(A-II)を作製する際に用いられるアルデヒド類としては、例えば、ホルムアルデヒド、パラホルムアルデヒド、フルフラール、ベンズアルデヒド、ニトロベンズアルデヒド、及びアセトアルデヒド等が挙げられる。これらのアルデヒド類は、単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(aldehydes)
Aldehydes used in producing the novolac resin (A-II) include, for example, formaldehyde, paraformaldehyde, furfural, benzaldehyde, nitrobenzaldehyde, and acetaldehyde. These aldehydes may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(酸触媒)
 ノボラック樹脂(A-II)を作製する際に用いられる酸触媒としては、例えば、塩酸、硫酸、硝酸、リン酸、及び亜リン酸等の無機酸類;蟻酸、シュウ酸、酢酸、ジエチル硫酸、及びパラトルエンスルホン酸等の有機酸類;並びに酢酸亜鉛等の金属塩類等が挙げられる。これらの酸触媒は、単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(acid catalyst)
Examples of acid catalysts used in producing the novolak resin (A-II) include inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and phosphorous acid; formic acid, oxalic acid, acetic acid, diethyl sulfate, and organic acids such as p-toluenesulfonic acid; and metal salts such as zinc acetate. These acid catalysts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(分子量)
 ノボラック樹脂(A-II)のポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw;以下、単に「重量平均分子量」ともいう。)は、感光性組成物を用いて形成される硬化物の加熱によるフローに対する耐性の観点から、下限値として2000が好ましく、5000がより好ましく、10000が特に好ましく、15000がさらに好ましく、20000が最も好ましく、上限値として50000が好ましく、45000がより好ましく、40000がさらに好ましく、35000が最も好ましい。
(molecular weight)
The polystyrene-equivalent weight-average molecular weight (Mw; hereinafter also simply referred to as “weight-average molecular weight”) of the novolac resin (A-II) is the resistance to flow caused by heating of a cured product formed using a photosensitive composition. From the viewpoint, the lower limit is preferably 2000, more preferably 5000, particularly preferably 10000, more preferably 15000, most preferably 20000, and the upper limit is preferably 50000, more preferably 45000, more preferably 40000, most preferably 35000. preferable.
 ノボラック樹脂(A-II)としては、ポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量が異なるノボラック樹脂を少なくとも2種組み合わせて用いることができる。重量平均分子量が異なるノボラック樹脂を大小組み合わせて用いることにより、感光性組成物の現像性と、感光性組成物を用いて形成される硬化物の耐熱性とのバランスをとることができる。 As the novolac resin (A-II), at least two novolak resins having different weight average molecular weights in terms of polystyrene can be used in combination. By using a combination of large and small novolak resins having different weight average molecular weights, it is possible to balance the developability of the photosensitive composition and the heat resistance of the cured product formed using the photosensitive composition.
〔変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)〕
 感光性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)として変性エポキシ樹脂(A-II)を含んでいてもよい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)としては、硬化物のベーク時のより高いフロー耐性を実現、また、硬化物に高い耐水性を付与しやすい点から、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)との反応物の、多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)付加体(A-III)を含んでいてもよい。かかる付加体について、「変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)」とも記す。
 なお、本出願の明細書及び特許請求の範囲において、上記の定義に該当する化合物であって、前述の化合物(A-1)に該当しない化合物を、変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)とする。
[Modified epoxy resin (A-III)]
The photosensitive composition may contain a modified epoxy resin (A-II) as the alkali-soluble resin (A). As the alkali-soluble resin (A), the epoxy compound (a-3a) and unsaturated group-containing carbon Polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) adduct (A-III) of reaction product with acid (a-3b) may be included. Such an adduct is also referred to as "modified epoxy resin (A-III)".
In the specification and claims of the present application, a compound that falls under the above definition but does not fall under the aforementioned compound (A-1) is referred to as modified epoxy resin (A-III).
 以下、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)、不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)、及び多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)について説明する。 The epoxy compound (a-3a), the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) are described below.
<エポキシ化合物(a-3a)>
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)は、エポキシ基を有する化合物であれば特に限定されず、芳香族基を有する芳香族エポキシ化合物であっても、芳香族基を含まない脂肪族エポキシ化合物であってもよく、芳香族基を有する芳香族エポキシ化合物が好ましい。
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)は、単官能エポキシ化合物であっても、2官能以上の多官能エポキシ化合物であってもよく、多官能エポキシ化合物が好ましい。
<Epoxy compound (a-3a)>
The epoxy compound (a-3a) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound having an epoxy group, and may be an aromatic epoxy compound having an aromatic group or an aliphatic epoxy compound containing no aromatic group. Often aromatic epoxy compounds with aromatic groups are preferred.
The epoxy compound (a-3a) may be a monofunctional epoxy compound or a polyfunctional epoxy compound having a functionality of two or more, and is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound.
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)の具体例としては、ビスフェノールA型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールF型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールS型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノールAD型エポキシ樹脂、ナフタレン型エポキシ樹脂、及びビフェニル型エポキシ樹脂等の2官能エポキシ樹脂;ダイマー酸グリシジルエステル、及びトリグリシジルエステル等のグリシジルエステル型エポキシ樹脂;テトラグリシジルアミノジフェニルメタン、トリグリシジル-p-アミノフェノール、テトラグリシジルメタキシリレンジアミン、及びテトラグリシジルビスアミノメチルシクロヘキサン等のグリシジルアミン型エポキシ樹脂;トリグリシジルイソシアヌレート等の複素環式エポキシ樹脂;フロログリシノールトリグリシジルエーテル、トリヒドロキシビフェニルトリグリシジルエーテル、トリヒドロキシフェニルメタントリグリシジルエーテル、グリセリントリグリシジルエーテル、2-[4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル]-2-[4-[1,1-ビス[4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル]エチル]フェニル]プロパン、及び1,3-ビス[4-[1-[4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル]-1-[4-[1-[4-(2,3-エポキシプロポキシ)フェニル]-1-メチルエチル]フェニル]エチル]フェノキシ]-2-プロパノール等の3官能型エポキシ樹脂;テトラヒドロキシフェニルエタンテトラグリシジルエーテル、テトラグリシジルベンゾフェノン、ビスレゾルシノールテトラグリシジルエーテル、及びテトラグリシドキシビフェニル等の4官能型エポキシ樹脂が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the epoxy compound (a-3a) include bisphenol A type epoxy resin, bisphenol F type epoxy resin, bisphenol S type epoxy resin, bisphenol AD type epoxy resin, naphthalene type epoxy resin, and biphenyl type epoxy resin. functional epoxy resin; glycidyl ester type epoxy resin such as dimer acid glycidyl ester and triglycidyl ester; Glycidylamine type epoxy resins; heterocyclic epoxy resins such as triglycidyl isocyanurate; (2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-2-[4-[1,1-bis[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]ethyl]phenyl]propane and 1,3-bis[4- [1-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-1-[4-[1-[4-(2,3-epoxypropoxy)phenyl]-1-methylethyl]phenyl]ethyl]phenoxy] trifunctional epoxy resins such as 2-propanol; tetrafunctional epoxy resins such as tetrahydroxyphenylethane tetraglycidyl ether, tetraglycidylbenzophenone, bisresorcinol tetraglycidyl ether, and tetraglycidoxybiphenyl.
 また、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)としては、ビフェニル骨格を有するエポキシ化合物が好ましい。
 ビフェニル骨格を有するエポキシ化合物は、主鎖に下記式(a-3a-1)で表されるビフェニル骨格を少なくとも1つ以上有するのが好ましい。
 ビフェニル骨格を有するエポキシ化合物は、2以上のエポキシ基を有する多官能エポキシ化合物であるのが好ましい。
 ビフェニル骨格を有するエポキシ化合物を用いることにより、感度と現像性とのバランスに優れ、基板への密着性に優れた硬化物を形成できる感光性組成物を得やすい。
As the epoxy compound (a-3a), an epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton is preferable.
The epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton preferably has at least one biphenyl skeleton represented by the following formula (a-3a-1) in its main chain.
The epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton is preferably a polyfunctional epoxy compound having two or more epoxy groups.
By using an epoxy compound having a biphenyl skeleton, it is easy to obtain a photosensitive composition that is excellent in balance between sensitivity and developability and capable of forming a cured product that is excellent in adhesion to a substrate.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(式(a-3a-1)中、Ra7は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1以上12以下のアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有してもよいフェニル基であり、jは1以上4以下の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
(In formula (a-3a-1), each R a7 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, or an optionally substituted phenyl group, j is an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less.)
 Ra7が炭素原子数1以上12以下のアルキル基である場合、アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、sec-オクチル基、tert-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、イソノニル基、n-デシル基、イソデシル基、n-ウンデシル基、及びn-ドデシル基が挙げられる。 When R a7 is an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl and sec-butyl. group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, sec-pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, sec-octyl group, tert- Octyl, n-nonyl, isononyl, n-decyl, isodecyl, n-undecyl, and n-dodecyl groups.
 Ra7がハロゲン原子である場合、ハロゲン原子の具体例としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 When R a7 is a halogen atom, specific examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 Ra7が置換基を有してもよいフェニル基である場合、フェニル基上の置換基の数は特に限定されない。フェニル基上の置換基の数は、0以上5以下であり、0又は1が好ましい。
 置換基の例としては、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2以上4以下の脂肪族アシル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、及びニトロ基が挙げられる。
When R a7 is an optionally substituted phenyl group, the number of substituents on the phenyl group is not particularly limited. The number of substituents on the phenyl group is 0 or more and 5 or less, preferably 0 or 1.
Examples of substituents include alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, aliphatic acyl groups having 2 to 4 carbon atoms, halogen atoms, cyano groups, and nitro groups.
 上記式(a-3a-1)で表されるビフェニル骨格を有するエポキシ化合物(a-3a)としては特に限定されないが、例えば、下記式(a-3a-2)で表されるエポキシ化合物を挙げることができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(式(a-3a-2)中、Ra7及びjは、式(a-3a-1)と同様であり、kは括弧内の構成単位の平均繰り返し数であって0以上10以下である。)
The epoxy compound (a-3a) having a biphenyl skeleton represented by the above formula (a-3a-1) is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include epoxy compounds represented by the following formula (a-3a-2). be able to.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
(In formula (a-3a-2), R a7 and j are the same as in formula (a-3a-1), and k is the average number of repetitions of the constituent units in the parentheses and is 0 or more and 10 or less. .)
 式(a-3a-2)で表されるエポキシ化合物の中では、感度と現像性とのバランスに優れる感光性組成物を特に得やすいことから、下記式(a-3a-3)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(式(a-3a-3)中、kは、式(a-3a-2)と同様である。)
Among the epoxy compounds represented by the formula (a-3a-2), it is particularly easy to obtain a photosensitive composition having an excellent balance between sensitivity and developability, so the epoxy compound represented by the following formula (a-3a-3) are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
(In formula (a-3a-3), k is the same as in formula (a-3a-2).)
(不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b))
 変性エポキシ化合物(a-3)と調製するにあたって、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と、不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)とを反応させる。
 不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)としては、分子中にアクリル基やメタクリル基等の反応性の不飽和二重結合を含有するモノカルボン酸が好ましい。このような不飽和基含有カルボン酸としては、例えば、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、β-スチリルアクリル酸、β-フルフリルアクリル酸、α-シアノ桂皮酸、桂皮酸等を挙げることができる。また、不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)は、単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(Unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b))
In preparing the modified epoxy compound (a-3), the epoxy compound (a-3a) is reacted with the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b).
The unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) is preferably a monocarboxylic acid containing a reactive unsaturated double bond such as an acrylic group or a methacrylic group in the molecule. Examples of such unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acids include acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, β-styrylacrylic acid, β-furfurylacrylic acid, α-cyanocinnamic acid, and cinnamic acid. Also, the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と、不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)とは、公知の方法により反応させることができる。好ましい反応方法としては、例えば、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)とを、トリエチルアミン、ベンジルエチルアミン等の3級アミン、ドデシルトリメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド、テトラエチルアンモニウムクロライド、ベンジルトリエチルアンモニウムクロライド等の4級アンモニウム塩、ピリジン、又はトリフェニルホスフィン等を触媒として、有機溶剤中、反応温度50℃以上150℃以上で数時間以上数十時間以下の間反応させる方法が挙げられる。 The epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) can be reacted by a known method. As a preferred reaction method, for example, an epoxy compound (a-3a) and an unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) are reacted with a tertiary amine such as triethylamine or benzylethylamine, dodecyltrimethylammonium chloride, tetramethylammonium chloride, Using a quaternary ammonium salt such as tetraethylammonium chloride or benzyltriethylammonium chloride, pyridine, triphenylphosphine, or the like as a catalyst, react in an organic solvent at a reaction temperature of 50° C. or higher and 150° C. or higher for several hours or more and several tens of hours or less. method.
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)との反応における両者の使用量の比率は、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)のエポキシ当量と、不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)のカルボン酸当量との比として、通常1:0.5~1:2が好ましく、1:0.8~1:1.25がより好ましく、1:0.9~1:1.1が特に好ましい。
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)の使用量と不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)の使用量との比率が、前記の当量比で1:0.5~1:2であると、架橋効率が向上する傾向があり好ましい。
In the reaction between the epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b), the ratio of the amounts of both used is the epoxy equivalent of the epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid ( The ratio to the carboxylic acid equivalent of a-3b) is generally preferably 1:0.5 to 1:2, more preferably 1:0.8 to 1:1.25, and 1:0.9 to 1:1. .1 is particularly preferred.
When the ratio of the amount of the epoxy compound (a-3a) used and the amount of the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) used is 1:0.5 to 1:2 in terms of the equivalent ratio, the crosslinking efficiency tends to improve, which is preferable.
(多塩基酸無水物(a-3c))
 多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)は、2個以上のカルボキシル基を有するカルボン酸の無水物である。
 多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)としては、特に限定されないが、例えば、無水マレイン酸、無水コハク酸、無水イタコン酸、無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、ヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、無水トリメリット酸、無水ピロメリット酸、ベンゾフェノンテトラカルボン酸二無水物、3-メチルヘキサヒドロフタル酸無水物、4-メチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、3-エチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、4-エチルヘキサヒドロ無水フタル酸、テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、3-メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、4-メチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、3-エチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、4-エチルテトラヒドロ無水フタル酸、下記式(a-3c-1)で表される化合物、及び下記式(a-3c-2)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。また、多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)は、単独又は2種類以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(Polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c))
Polybasic anhydrides (a-3c) are anhydrides of carboxylic acids having two or more carboxyl groups.
The polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include maleic anhydride, succinic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, hexahydrophthalic anhydride, and methylhexahydroanhydride. Phthalic acid, methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, trimellitic anhydride, pyromellitic anhydride, benzophenonetetracarboxylic dianhydride, 3-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethylhexa Hydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethylhexahydrophthalic anhydride, tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-methyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 3-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 4-ethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride , a compound represented by the following formula (a-3c-1), and a compound represented by the following formula (a-3c-2). Also, the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(式(a-3c-2)中、Ra8は、炭素原子数1以上10以下の置換基を有してもよいアルキレン基を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
(In formula (a-3c-2), R a8 represents an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.)
 多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)としては、感度と現像性とのバランスに優れる感光性組成物を得やすいことから、ベンゼン環を2個以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)は、上記式(a-3c-1)で表される化合物、及び上記式(a-3c-2)で表される化合物の少なくとも一方を含むのがより好ましい。 The polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) is preferably a compound having two or more benzene rings, since it is easy to obtain a photosensitive composition with an excellent balance between sensitivity and developability. In addition, the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) contains at least one of the compound represented by the above formula (a-3c-1) and the compound represented by the above formula (a-3c-2). is more preferred.
 エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)とを反応させた後、多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)を反応させる方法は、公知の方法から適宜選択できる。
 また、使用量比は、エポキシ化合物(a-3a)と不飽和基含有カルボン酸(a-3b)との反応後の成分中のOH基のモル数と、多塩基酸無水物(a-3c)の酸無水物基の当量比で、通常1:1~1:0.1であり、好ましくは1:0.8~1:0.2である。上記範囲とすることにより、現像性が良好である感光性組成物を得やすい。
The method of reacting the epoxy compound (a-3a) with the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b) and then reacting the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c) can be appropriately selected from known methods.
In addition, the ratio of the amount used is the number of moles of OH groups in the component after the reaction between the epoxy compound (a-3a) and the unsaturated group-containing carboxylic acid (a-3b), and the polybasic acid anhydride (a-3c ) is usually 1:1 to 1:0.1, preferably 1:0.8 to 1:0.2. By setting it as the said range, it is easy to obtain the photosensitive composition with favorable developability.
 また、変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)の酸価は、樹脂固形分で、10mgKOH/g以上150mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、70mgKOH/g以上110mgKOH/g以下である。樹脂の酸価を10mgKOH/g以上にすることにより現像液に対する充分な溶解性が得られ、また、酸価を150mgKOH/g以下にすることにより充分な硬化性を得ることができ、表面性を良好にすることができる。 In addition, the acid value of the modified epoxy resin (A-III) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g or more and 150 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more and 110 mgKOH/g or less, in terms of resin solid content. By setting the acid value of the resin to 10 mgKOH/g or more, sufficient solubility in the developing solution can be obtained, and by setting the acid value to 150 mgKOH/g or less, sufficient curability can be obtained, and surface properties can be improved. can be made better.
 また、変性エポキシ樹脂(A-III)の重量平均分子量は、1000以上40000以下であることが好ましく、より好ましくは、2000以上30000以下である。重量平均分子量が1000以上であることにより耐熱性、及び強度に優れる硬化物を形成しやすい。また、40000以下であることにより現像液に対する十分な溶解性を示す感光性組成物を得やすい。 Further, the weight average molecular weight of the modified epoxy resin (A-III) is preferably 1000 or more and 40000 or less, more preferably 2000 or more and 30000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight is 1000 or more, it is easy to form a cured product having excellent heat resistance and strength. Moreover, when it is 40,000 or less, it is easy to obtain a photosensitive composition exhibiting sufficient solubility in a developer.
〔アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)〕
 アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)もまたアルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)を構成する成分として好ましい。
 アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)としては、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位、及び/又は(メタ)アクリル酸エステル等の他のモノマーに由来する構成単位を含む樹脂を用いることができる。(メタ)アクリル酸は、アクリル酸、又はメタクリル酸である。(メタ)アクリル酸エステルは、下記式(a-4-1)で表される化合物であって、本発明の目的を阻害しない限り特に限定されない。
[Acrylic resin (A-IV)]
Acrylic resin (A-IV) is also preferred as a component constituting alkali-soluble resin (A).
As the acrylic resin (A-IV), a resin containing structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and/or structural units derived from other monomers such as (meth)acrylic acid esters can be used. (Meth)acrylic acid is acrylic acid or methacrylic acid. The (meth)acrylic acid ester is a compound represented by the following formula (a-4-1) and is not particularly limited as long as it does not interfere with the object of the present invention.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 上記式(a-4-1)中、Ra9は、水素原子又はメチル基であり、Ra10は、1価の有機基である。この有機基は、該有機基中にヘテロ原子等の炭化水素基以外の結合や置換基を含んでいてもよい。また、この有機基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれでもよい。 In formula (a-4-1) above, R a9 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and R a10 is a monovalent organic group. This organic group may contain a bond or substituent other than a hydrocarbon group such as a heteroatom in the organic group. Moreover, this organic group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
 Ra10の有機基中の炭化水素基以外の置換基としては、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り特に限定されず、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、メルカプト基、スルフィド基、シアノ基、イソシアノ基、シアナト基、イソシアナト基、チオシアナト基、イソチオシアナト基、シリル基、シラノール基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、カルバモイル基、チオカルバモイル基、ニトロ基、ニトロソ基、カルボキシ基、カルボキシラート基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、スルフィノ基、スルホ基、スルホナト基、ホスフィノ基、ホスフィニル基、ホスホノ基、ホスホナト基、ヒドロキシイミノ基、アルキルエーテル基、アルキルチオエーテル基、アリールエーテル基、アリールチオエーテル基、アミノ基(-NH、-NHR、-NRR’:R及びR’はそれぞれ独立に炭化水素基を示す)等が挙げられる。上記置換基に含まれる水素原子は、炭化水素基によって置換されていてもよい。また、上記置換基に含まれる炭化水素基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれでもよい。 Substituents other than hydrocarbon groups in the organic group of R a10 are not particularly limited as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired, and include halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, mercapto groups, sulfide groups, cyano groups, isocyano groups, and cyanato groups. , isocyanato group, thiocyanato group, isothiocyanato group, silyl group, silanol group, alkoxy group, alkoxycarbonyl group, carbamoyl group, thiocarbamoyl group, nitro group, nitroso group, carboxy group, carboxylate group, acyl group, acyloxy group, sulfino group, sulfo group, sulfonato group, phosphino group, phosphinyl group, phosphono group, phosphonato group, hydroxyimino group, alkyl ether group, alkylthioether group, aryl ether group, arylthioether group, amino group (—NH 2 , —NHR, —NRR′: R and R′ each independently represent a hydrocarbon group) and the like. A hydrogen atom contained in the above substituent may be substituted with a hydrocarbon group. Further, the hydrocarbon group contained in the substituent may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
 また、Ra10としての有機基は、アクリロイルオキシ基、メタアクリロイルオキシ基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基等の反応性の官能基を有していてもよい。
 アクリロイルオキシ基やメタアクリロイルオキシ基等の、不飽和二重結等を有するアシル基は、例えば、エポキシ基を有する構成単位を含むアクリル系樹脂(A-IV)における、エポキシ基の少なくとも一部に、アクリル酸やメタクリル酸等の不飽和カルボン酸を反応させることにより製造することができる。
Moreover, the organic group as R a10 may have a reactive functional group such as an acryloyloxy group, a methacryloyloxy group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.
An acyl group having an unsaturated double bond such as an acryloyloxy group or a methacryloyloxy group is, for example, an acrylic resin (A-IV) containing a structural unit having an epoxy group, at least part of the epoxy group. , and an unsaturated carboxylic acid such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid.
 Ra10としては、アルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又は複素環基が好ましく、これらの基は、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルキル基、又は複素環基で置換されていてもよい。また、これらの基がアルキレン部分を含む場合、アルキレン部分は、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、エステル結合により中断されていてもよい。 R a10 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a heterocyclic group, and these groups may be substituted with a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, or a heterocyclic group. Moreover, when these groups contain an alkylene moiety, the alkylene moiety may be interrupted by an ether bond, a thioether bond, or an ester bond.
 アルキル基が、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の基である場合、その炭素原子数は、1以上20以下が好ましく、1以上15以下がより好ましく、1以上10以下が特に好ましい。好適なアルキル基の例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、sec-オクチル基、tert-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、イソノニル基、n-デシル基、イソデシル基等が挙げられる。 When the alkyl group is a linear or branched group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 15 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 10 or less. Examples of suitable alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, sec -pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, sec-octyl group, tert-octyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, isodecyl group and the like.
 アルキル基が、脂環式基、又は脂環式基を含む基である場合、アルキル基に含まれる好適な脂環式基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等単環の脂環式基や、アダマンチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、トリシクロノニル基、トリシクロデシル基、及びテトラシクロドデシル基等の多環の脂環式基が挙げられる。 When the alkyl group is an alicyclic group or a group containing an alicyclic group, suitable alicyclic groups contained in the alkyl group include monocyclic alicyclic groups such as cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl groups, , adamantyl group, norbornyl group, isobornyl group, tricyclononyl group, tricyclodecyl group, and tetracyclododecyl group.
 式(a-4-1)で表される化合物が、エポキシ基を有する鎖状の基をRa10として有する場合の、式(a-4-1)で表される化合物の具体例としては、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、2-メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4-エポキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、6,7-エポキシヘプチル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸エポキシアルキルエステル類が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) when the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) has a chain group having an epoxy group as R a10 include: (Meth)acrylic acid epoxyalkyl esters such as glycidyl (meth)acrylate, 2-methylglycidyl (meth)acrylate, 3,4-epoxybutyl (meth)acrylate, 6,7-epoxyheptyl (meth)acrylate, etc. .
 また、式(a-4-1)で表される化合物は、脂環式エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルであってもよい。脂環式エポキシ基を構成する脂環式基は、単環であっても多環であってもよい。単環の脂環式基としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。また、多環の脂環式基としては、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、トリシクロノニル基、トリシクロデシル基、テトラシクロドデシル基等が挙げられる。 In addition, the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) may be an alicyclic epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester. The alicyclic group that constitutes the alicyclic epoxy group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. A cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, etc. are mentioned as a monocyclic alicyclic group. Moreover, a norbornyl group, an isobornyl group, a tricyclononyl group, a tricyclodecyl group, a tetracyclododecyl group etc. are mentioned as a polycyclic alicyclic group.
 式(a-4-1)で表される化合物が脂環式エポキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステルである場合の具体例としては、例えば下記式(a-4-1a)~(a-4-1o)で表される化合物が挙げられる。これらの中でも、現像性を適度とするためには、下記式(a-4-1a)~(a-4-1e)で表される化合物が好ましく、下記式(a-4-1a)~(a-4-1c)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Specific examples of the case where the compound represented by formula (a-4-1) is an alicyclic epoxy group-containing (meth)acrylic acid ester include the following formulas (a-4-1a) to (a-4 -1o). Among these, compounds represented by the following formulas (a-4-1a) to (a-4-1e) are preferable for moderate developability, and the following formulas (a-4-1a) to ( Compounds represented by a-4-1c) are more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 上記式中、Ra20は水素原子又はメチル基を示し、Ra21は炭素原子数1以上6以下の2価の脂肪族飽和炭化水素基を示し、Ra22は炭素原子数1以上10以下の2価の炭化水素基を示し、tは0以上10以下の整数を示す。Ra21としては、直鎖状又は分枝鎖状のアルキレン基、例えばメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、テトラメチレン基、エチルエチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基が好ましい。Ra22としては、例えばメチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、テトラメチレン基、エチルエチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、フェニレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、-CH-Ph-CH-(Phはフェニレン基を示す)が好ましい。 In the above formula, R a20 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R a21 represents a divalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and R a22 represents 2 having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. represents a valent hydrocarbon group, and t represents an integer of 0 or more and 10 or less. R a21 is preferably a linear or branched alkylene group such as a methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, tetramethylene group, ethylethylene group, pentamethylene group and hexamethylene group. Examples of R a22 include methylene group, ethylene group, propylene group, tetramethylene group, ethylethylene group, pentamethylene group, hexamethylene group, phenylene group, cyclohexylene group, —CH 2 —Ph—CH 2 — (Ph is phenylene group) is preferred.
 また、アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)は、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル以外のモノマーを重合させた樹脂であってもよい。このようなモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリルアミド類、不飽和カルボン酸類、アリル化合物、ビニルエーテル類、ビニルエステル類、スチレン類等が挙げられる。これらのモノマーは、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 Also, the acrylic resin (A-IV) may be a resin obtained by polymerizing a monomer other than the (meth)acrylic acid ester. Such monomers include (meth)acrylamides, unsaturated carboxylic acids, allyl compounds, vinyl ethers, vinyl esters, styrenes and the like. These monomers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 (メタ)アクリルアミド類としては、(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-アルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-アリール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-ジアルキル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N,N-アリール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチル-N-フェニル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシエチル-N-メチル(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。 (Meth)acrylamides include (meth)acrylamide, N-alkyl(meth)acrylamide, N-aryl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-dialkyl(meth)acrylamide, N,N-aryl(meth)acrylamide, N -methyl-N-phenyl(meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxyethyl-N-methyl(meth)acrylamide and the like.
 不飽和カルボン酸類としては、クロトン酸等のモノカルボン酸;マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、メサコン酸、イタコン酸等のジカルボン酸;これらジカルボン酸の無水物;等が挙げられる。 Examples of unsaturated carboxylic acids include monocarboxylic acids such as crotonic acid; dicarboxylic acids such as maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid and itaconic acid; anhydrides of these dicarboxylic acids;
 アリル化合物としては、酢酸アリル、カプロン酸アリル、カプリル酸アリル、ラウリン酸アリル、パルミチン酸アリル、ステアリン酸アリル、安息香酸アリル、アセト酢酸アリル、乳酸アリル等のアリルエステル類;アリルオキシエタノール;等が挙げられる。 Allyl compounds include allyl esters such as allyl acetate, allyl caproate, allyl caprylate, allyl laurate, allyl palmitate, allyl stearate, allyl benzoate, allyl acetoacetate, and allyl lactate; mentioned.
 ビニルエーテル類としては、ヘキシルビニルエーテル、オクチルビニルエーテル、デシルビニルエーテル、エチルヘキシルビニルエーテル、メトキシエチルビニルエーテル、エトキシエチルビニルエーテル、クロロエチルビニルエーテル、1-メチル-2,2-ジメチルプロピルビニルエーテル、2-エチルブチルビニルエーテル、ヒドロキシエチルビニルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールビニルエーテル、ジメチルアミノエチルビニルエーテル、ジエチルアミノエチルビニルエーテル、ブチルアミノエチルビニルエーテル、ベンジルビニルエーテル、テトラヒドロフルフリルビニルエーテル等のアルキルビニルエーテル;ビニルフェニルエーテル、ビニルトリルエーテル、ビニルクロロフェニルエーテル、ビニル-2,4-ジクロロフェニルエーテル、ビニルナフチルエーテル、ビニルアントラニルエーテル等のビニルアリールエーテル;等が挙げられる。 Vinyl ethers include hexyl vinyl ether, octyl vinyl ether, decyl vinyl ether, ethylhexyl vinyl ether, methoxyethyl vinyl ether, ethoxyethyl vinyl ether, chloroethyl vinyl ether, 1-methyl-2,2-dimethylpropyl vinyl ether, 2-ethylbutyl vinyl ether, hydroxyethyl vinyl ether. , diethylene glycol vinyl ether, dimethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, diethylaminoethyl vinyl ether, butylaminoethyl vinyl ether, benzyl vinyl ether, tetrahydrofurfuryl vinyl ether; vinyl phenyl ether, vinyl tolyl ether, vinyl chlorophenyl ether, vinyl-2,4-dichlorophenyl ether , vinyl naphthyl ether, vinyl aryl ether such as vinyl anthranyl ether;
 ビニルエステル類としては、ビニルブチレート、ビニルイソブチレート、ビニルトリメチルアセテート、ビニルジエチルアセテート、ビニルバレレート、ビニルカプロエート、ビニルクロロアセテート、ビニルジクロロアセテート、ビニルメトキシアセテート、ビニルブトキシアセテート、ビニルフェニルアセテート、ビニルアセトアセテート、ビニルラクテート、ビニル-β-フェニルブチレート、安息香酸ビニル、サリチル酸ビニル、クロロ安息香酸ビニル、テトラクロロ安息香酸ビニル、ナフトエ酸ビニル等が挙げられる。 Vinyl esters include vinyl butyrate, vinyl isobutyrate, vinyl trimethyl acetate, vinyl diethyl acetate, vinyl valerate, vinyl caproate, vinyl chloroacetate, vinyl dichloroacetate, vinyl methoxy acetate, vinyl butoxy acetate, vinyl phenyl Acetate, vinyl acetoacetate, vinyl lactate, vinyl-β-phenylbutyrate, vinyl benzoate, vinyl salicylate, vinyl chlorobenzoate, vinyl tetrachlorobenzoate, vinyl naphthoate and the like.
 スチレン類としては、スチレン;メチルスチレン、ジメチルスチレン、トリメチルスチレン、エチルスチレン、ジエチルスチレン、イソプロピルスチレン、ブチルスチレン、ヘキシルスチレン、シクロヘキシルスチレン、デシルスチレン、ベンジルスチレン、クロロメチルスチレン、トリフルオロメチルスチレン、エトキシメチルスチレン、アセトキシメチルスチレン等のアルキルスチレン;メトキシスチレン、4-メトキシ-3-メチルスチレン、ジメトキシスチレン等のアルコキシスチレン;クロロスチレン、ジクロロスチレン、トリクロロスチレン、テトラクロロスチレン、ペンタクロロスチレン、ブロモスチレン、ジブロモスチレン、ヨードスチレン、フルオロスチレン、トリフルオロスチレン、2-ブロモ-4-トリフルオロメチルスチレン、4-フルオロ-3-トリフルオロメチルスチレン等のハロスチレン;等が挙げられる。 Styrenes include styrene; methylstyrene, dimethylstyrene, trimethylstyrene, ethylstyrene, diethylstyrene, isopropylstyrene, butylstyrene, hexylstyrene, cyclohexylstyrene, decylstyrene, benzylstyrene, chloromethylstyrene, trifluoromethylstyrene, ethoxy alkylstyrenes such as methylstyrene and acetoxymethylstyrene; alkoxystyrenes such as methoxystyrene, 4-methoxy-3-methylstyrene and dimethoxystyrene; chlorostyrene, dichlorostyrene, trichlorostyrene, tetrachlorostyrene, pentachlorostyrene, bromostyrene, Halostyrenes such as dibromostyrene, iodostyrene, fluorostyrene, trifluorostyrene, 2-bromo-4-trifluoromethylstyrene, 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylstyrene;
 アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)における、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位の量と、他のモノマーに由来する構成単位の量とは、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で特に限定されない。アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)における、(メタ)アクリル酸に由来する構成単位の量は、アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)の質量に対して、5質量%以上50質量%以下が好ましく、10質量%以上30質量%以下がより好ましい。 The amount of structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid and the amount of structural units derived from other monomers in the acrylic resin (A-IV) are not particularly limited as long as they do not hinder the object of the present invention. The amount of structural units derived from (meth)acrylic acid in the acrylic resin (A-IV) is preferably 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the acrylic resin (A-IV), and 10 % by mass or more and 30% by mass or less is more preferable.
 アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)が、不飽和二重結合を有する構成単位を有する場合、アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)における、不飽和二重結合を有する構成単位の量は、1質量%以上50質量%以下が好ましく、1質量%以上30質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上20質量%以下が特に好ましい。
 アクリル系樹脂(感光性)が、上記の範囲内の量の不飽和二重結合を有する構成単位を含むことにより、アクリル系樹脂をレジスト膜内の架橋反応に取り込んで均一化できるためカラムスペーサの耐熱性、機械特性の向上に有効である。
When the acrylic resin (A-IV) has a structural unit having an unsaturated double bond, the amount of the structural unit having an unsaturated double bond in the acrylic resin (A-IV) is 1% by mass or more. 50% by mass or less is preferable, 1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or more is more preferable, and 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
When the acrylic resin (photosensitive) contains a structural unit having an unsaturated double bond in the amount within the above range, the acrylic resin can be incorporated into the cross-linking reaction in the resist film to make it uniform. Effective in improving heat resistance and mechanical properties.
 アクリル系樹脂(A-IV)の重量平均分子量は、2000以上50000以下であることが好ましく、3000以上30000以下であることがより好ましい。上記の範囲とすることにより、感光性組成物の膜形成能、露光後の現像性のバランスがとりやすい傾向がある。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin (A-IV) is preferably 2000 or more and 50000 or less, more preferably 3000 or more and 30000 or less. By setting the amount within the above range, there is a tendency that the film-forming ability of the photosensitive composition and the developability after exposure are easily balanced.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)の含有量は、感光性組成物の固形分全体の質量に対して40質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましく、45質量%以上80質量%以下であることがより好ましい。上記の範囲とすることにより、現像性に優れる感光性組成物を得やすい。 The content of the alkali-soluble resin (A) is preferably 40% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less, more preferably 45% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, relative to the total mass of the solid content of the photosensitive composition. more preferred. By setting it as said range, it is easy to obtain the photosensitive composition which is excellent in developability.
<光重合性モノマー(B)>
 感光性組成物は、光重合性モノマー(B)を含んでいてもよい。硬化物の光重合性モノマー(B)としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマーが好ましい。かかるモノマーには、単官能モノマーと多官能モノマーとがある。
 感光性組成物が光重合性モノマー(B)を含む場合、感光性組成物を用いて有機溶剤耐性に優れる硬化物を特に得やすい。
 なお、本明細書において、光重合性モノマー(B)は、後述するラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)に該当しない光重合性モノマーを意味する。
<Photopolymerizable Monomer (B)>
The photosensitive composition may contain a photopolymerizable monomer (B). As the photopolymerizable monomer (B) of the cured product, a monomer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is preferred. Such monomers include monofunctional monomers and multifunctional monomers.
When the photosensitive composition contains the photopolymerizable monomer (B), it is particularly easy to obtain a cured product having excellent organic solvent resistance using the photosensitive composition.
In this specification, the photopolymerizable monomer (B) means a photopolymerizable monomer that does not correspond to the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, which will be described later.
 単官能モノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリルアミド、メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、メトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、エトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、プロポキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ブトキシメトキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミド、N-ヒドロキシメチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、(メタ)アクリル酸、フマル酸、マレイン酸、無水マレイン酸、イタコン酸、無水イタコン酸、シトラコン酸、無水シトラコン酸、クロトン酸、2-アクリルアミド-2-メチルプロパンスルホン酸、tert-ブチルアクリルアミドスルホン酸、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-ヒドロキシブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-フェノキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ-2-ヒドロキシプロピルフタレート、グリセリンモノ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラヒドロフルフリル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、フタル酸誘導体のハーフ(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。これらの単官能モノマーは、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 Monofunctional monomers include (meth)acrylamide, methylol (meth)acrylamide, methoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, ethoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, propoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, butoxymethoxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, N-methylol ( meth)acrylamide, N-hydroxymethyl (meth)acrylamide, (meth)acrylic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, maleic anhydride, itaconic acid, itaconic anhydride, citraconic acid, citraconic anhydride, crotonic acid, 2-acrylamide- 2-methylpropanesulfonic acid, tert-butylacrylamidesulfonic acid, methyl (meth)acrylate, ethyl (meth)acrylate, butyl (meth)acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth)acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth)acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-hydroxybutyl (meth) acrylate, 2-phenoxy-2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate, 2-(meth) acryloyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl phthalate, Glycerin mono (meth) acrylate, tetrahydrofurfuryl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl (meth) acrylate, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl (meth) acrylate, 2,2,3,3 - tetrafluoropropyl (meth)acrylate, half (meth)acrylate of phthalic acid derivative, and the like. These monofunctional monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 一方、多官能モノマーとしては、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ポリプロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ブチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、1,6-ヘキサングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリンジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、2,2-ビス(4-(メタ)アクリロキシジエトキシフェニル)プロパン、2,2-ビス(4-(メタ)アクリロキシポリエトキシフェニル)プロパン、2-ヒドロキシ-3-(メタ)アクリロイルオキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテルジ(メタ)アクリレート、フタル酸ジグリシジルエステルジ(メタ)アクリレート、グリセリントリアクリレート、グリセリンポリグリシジルエーテルポリ(メタ)アクリレート、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレート(すなわち、トリレンジイソシアネート、トリメチルヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート、又はヘキサメチレンジイソシアネート等と2-ビドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートとの反応物)、メチレンビス(メタ)アクリルアミド、(メタ)アクリルアミドメチレンエーテル、多価アルコールとN-メチロール(メタ)アクリルアミドとの縮合物等の多官能モノマーや、トリアクリルホルマール等が挙げられる。これらの多官能モノマーは、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 On the other hand, polyfunctional monomers include ethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, tetraethylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, propylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, polypropylene glycol di(meth)acrylate, butylene glycol. Di(meth)acrylate, neopentyl glycol di(meth)acrylate, 1,6-hexane glycol di(meth)acrylate, trimethylolpropane tri(meth)acrylate, glycerin di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol triacrylate, pentaerythritol Tetraacrylate, dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate, dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, pentaerythritol di(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tri(meth)acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra(meth)acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate, dipenta Erythritol hexa(meth)acrylate, 2,2-bis(4-(meth)acryloxydiethoxyphenyl)propane, 2,2-bis(4-(meth)acryloxypolyethoxyphenyl)propane, 2-hydroxy-3 - (meth)acryloyloxypropyl (meth)acrylate, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, diethylene glycol diglycidyl ether di(meth)acrylate, phthalate diglycidyl ester di(meth)acrylate, glycerin triacrylate, glycerin poly glycidyl ether poly(meth)acrylate, urethane (meth)acrylate (that is, tolylene diisocyanate, trimethylhexamethylene diisocyanate, or a reaction product of hexamethylene diisocyanate or the like with 2-hydroxyethyl (meth)acrylate), methylenebis(meth)acrylamide, Polyfunctional monomers such as (meth)acrylamidomethylene ether, condensates of polyhydric alcohols and N-methylol(meth)acrylamide, and triacrylformal. These polyfunctional monomers can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
 これらのエチレン性不飽和基を有するモノマーの中でも、感光性組成物の硬化物の、基板への密着性、強度及び有機溶剤耐性を高める傾向にある点から、3官能以上の多官能モノマーが好ましく、4官能以上の多官能モノマーがより好ましく、5官能以上の多官能モノマーがさらに好ましい。
 具体的には、5官能以上の多官能モノマーが用いられるのが好ましく、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、及び/又はジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが用いられるのがより好ましい。
Among these monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated group, trifunctional or higher polyfunctional monomers are preferred because they tend to increase adhesion to substrates, strength and organic solvent resistance of the cured product of the photosensitive composition. , more preferably a tetra- or higher polyfunctional monomer, and more preferably a penta- or higher polyfunctional monomer.
Specifically, it is preferable to use a pentafunctional or higher polyfunctional monomer, and it is more preferable to use dipentaerythritol penta(meth)acrylate and/or dipentaerythritol hexa(meth)acrylate.
 光重合性モノマー(B)の感光性組成物中の含有量は、感光性組成物の固形分全体の質量に対して1質量%以上50質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以上40質量%以下がより好ましい。上記の範囲とすることにより、感度、現像性、解像性のバランスがとりやすい傾向がある。本明細書において、固形分とは、有機溶剤(S)以外の成分である。 The content of the photopolymerizable monomer (B) in the photosensitive composition is preferably 1% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less, and 5% by mass or more and 40% by mass or less with respect to the total mass of the solid content of the photosensitive composition. is more preferred. By setting the amount within the above range, there is a tendency that sensitivity, developability, and resolution are easily balanced. In this specification, the solid content is a component other than the organic solvent (S).
<光重合開始剤(C)>
 光重合開始剤(C)としては、特に限定されず、従来公知の光重合開始剤を用いることができるが、光ラジカル重合開始剤を用いることが好ましい。
<Photoinitiator (C)>
The photopolymerization initiator (C) is not particularly limited, and conventionally known photopolymerization initiators can be used, but it is preferable to use a photoradical polymerization initiator.
 光重合開始剤(C)として具体的には、1-ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-〔4-(2-ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル〕-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチル-1-プロパン-1-オン、1-(4-イソプロピルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、1-(4-ドデシルフェニル)-2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロパン-1-オン、2,2-ジメトキシ-1,2-ジフェニルエタン-1-オン、ビス(4-ジメチルアミノフェニル)ケトン、2-メチル-1-〔4-(メチルチオ)フェニル〕-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタン-1-オン、O-アセチル-1-[6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9-エチル-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]エタノンオキシム、O-アセチル-1-[6-(ピロール-2-イルカルボニル)-9-エチル-9Hカルバゾール-3-イル]エタノンオキシム、(9-エチル-6-ニトロ-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル)[4-(2-メトキシ-1-メチルエトキシ)-2-メチルフェニル]メタノンO-アセチルオキシム、2-(ベンゾイルオキシイミノ)-1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-1-オクタノン、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキシド、4-ベンゾイル-4’-メチルジメチルスルフィド、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸メチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸ブチル、4-ジメチルアミノ-2-エチルヘキシル安息香酸、4-ジメチルアミノ-2-イソアミル安息香酸、ベンジル-β-メトキシエチルアセタール、ベンジルジメチルケタール、1-フェニル-1,2-プロパンジオン-2-(O-エトキシカルボニル)オキシム、o-ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、2,4-ジエチルチオキサントン、2-クロロチオキサントン、2,4-ジメチルチオキサントン、1-クロロ-4-プロポキシチオキサントン、チオキサンテン、2-クロロチオキサンテン、2,4-ジエチルチオキサンテン、2-メチルチオキサンテン、2-イソプロピルチオキサンテン、2-エチルアントラキノン、オクタメチルアントラキノン、1,2-ベンズアントラキノン、2,3-ジフェニルアントラキノン、アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、ベンゾイルパーオキシド、クメンヒドロペルオキシド、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-(o-クロロフェニル)-4,5-ジ(m-メトキシフェニル)-イミダゾリル二量体、ベンゾフェノン、2-クロロベンゾフェノン、p,p’-ビスジメチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ビスジエチルアミノベンゾフェノン、4,4’-ジクロロベンゾフェノン、3,3-ジメチル-4-メトキシベンゾフェノン、ベンジル、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾイン-n-ブチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル、ベンゾインブチルエーテル、アセトフェノン、2,2-ジエトキシアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノプロピオフェノン、ジクロロアセトフェノン、トリクロロアセトフェノン、p-tert-ブチルアセトフェノン、p-ジメチルアミノアセトフェノン、p-tert-ブチルトリクロロアセトフェノン、p-tert-ブチルジクロロアセトフェノン、α,α-ジクロロ-4-フェノキシアセトフェノン、チオキサントン、2-メチルチオキサントン、2-イソプロピルチオキサントン、ジベンゾスベロン、ペンチル-4-ジメチルアミノベンゾエート、9-フェニルアクリジン、1,7-ビス-(9-アクリジニル)ヘプタン、1,5-ビス-(9-アクリジニル)ペンタン、1,3-ビス-(9-アクリジニル)プロパン、p-メトキシトリアジン、2,4,6-トリス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-メチル-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-[2-(5-メチルフラン-2-イル)エテニル]-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-[2-(フラン-2-イル)エテニル]-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-[2-(4-ジエチルアミノ-2-メチルフェニル)エテニル]-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-[2-(3,4-ジメトキシフェニル)エテニル]-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-メトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-エトキシスチリル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2-(4-n-ブトキシフェニル)-4,6-ビス(トリクロロメチル)-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス-トリクロロメチル-6-(3-ブロモ-4-メトキシ)フェニル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス-トリクロロメチル-6-(2-ブロモ-4-メトキシ)フェニル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス-トリクロロメチル-6-(3-ブロモ-4-メトキシ)スチリルフェニル-s-トリアジン、2,4-ビス-トリクロロメチル-6-(2-ブロモ-4-メトキシ)スチリルフェニル-s-トリアジン等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the photopolymerization initiator (C) include 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl ketone, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(2-hydroxyethoxy)phenyl] -2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-propan-1-one, 1-(4-isopropylphenyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 1-(4-dodecylphenyl)-2- Hydroxy-2-methylpropan-1-one, 2,2-dimethoxy-1,2-diphenylethan-1-one, bis(4-dimethylaminophenyl)ketone, 2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio) Phenyl]-2-morpholinopropan-1-one, 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-butan-1-one, O-acetyl-1-[6-(2- methylbenzoyl)-9-ethyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl]ethanone oxime, O-acetyl-1-[6-(pyrrol-2-ylcarbonyl)-9-ethyl-9Hcarbazol-3-yl]eth nonoxime, (9-ethyl-6-nitro-9H-carbazol-3-yl)[4-(2-methoxy-1-methylethoxy)-2-methylphenyl]methanone O-acetyloxime, 2-(benzoyloxy imino)-1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-1-octanone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide, 4-benzoyl-4′-methyldimethylsulfide, 4-dimethylaminobenzoic acid, 4- methyl dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, butyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylamino-2-ethylhexylbenzoate, 4-dimethylamino-2-isoamylbenzoate, benzyl-β-methoxyethyl Acetal, benzyl dimethyl ketal, 1-phenyl-1,2-propanedione-2-(O-ethoxycarbonyl) oxime, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2-chlorothioxanthone, 2,4- Dimethylthioxanthone, 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone, thioxanthene, 2-chlorothioxanthene, 2,4-diethylthioxanthene, 2-methylthioxanthene, 2-isopropylthioxanthene, 2-ethylanthraquinone, octamethylanthraquinone, 1 , 2-benzanthraquinone, 2,3-diphenylanthraquinone, azobisisobutyronitrile, benzoyl peroxide, cumene hydroperoxide, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-(o -chlorophenyl)-4,5-di(m-methoxyphenyl)-imidazolyl dimer, benzophenone, 2-chlorobenzophenone, p,p'-bisdimethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4'-bisdiethylaminobenzophenone, 4,4 '-dichlorobenzophenone, 3,3-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzophenone, benzyl, benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin-n-butyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether, benzoin butyl ether, acetophenone, 2,2 -diethoxyacetophenone, p-dimethylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminopropiophenone, dichloroacetophenone, trichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butylacetophenone, p-dimethylaminoacetophenone, p-tert-butyltrichloroacetophenone, p-tert-butyl Dichloroacetophenone, α,α-dichloro-4-phenoxyacetophenone, thioxanthone, 2-methylthioxanthone, 2-isopropylthioxanthone, dibenzosuberone, pentyl-4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 9-phenylacridine, 1,7-bis-( 9-acridinyl)heptane, 1,5-bis-(9-acridinyl)pentane, 1,3-bis-(9-acridinyl)propane, p-methoxytriazine, 2,4,6-tris(trichloromethyl)-s -triazine, 2-methyl-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(5-methylfuran-2-yl)ethenyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s -triazine, 2-[2-(furan-2-yl)ethenyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(4-diethylamino-2-methylphenyl)ethenyl]- 4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-[2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)ethenyl]-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-methoxy phenyl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-ethoxystyryl)-4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2-(4-n-butoxyphenyl) -4,6-bis(trichloromethyl)-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl- 6-(2-bromo-4-methoxy)phenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bis-trichloromethyl-6-(3-bromo-4-methoxy)styrylphenyl-s-triazine, 2,4-bis- and trichloromethyl-6-(2-bromo-4-methoxy)styrylphenyl-s-triazine.
 これらの光重合開始剤は、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。光重合開始剤(C)は、2種以上の光重合開始剤を組合わせて含むのが好ましい。
 この場合、露光光に含まれる幅広い範囲の波長の光線を有効に利用しやすく、また、感光性組成物の感度を適切な範囲に調整しやすい。
These photopolymerization initiators can be used alone or in combination of two or more. The photopolymerization initiator (C) preferably contains a combination of two or more photopolymerization initiators.
In this case, it is easy to effectively utilize rays of a wide range of wavelengths contained in the exposure light, and it is easy to adjust the sensitivity of the photosensitive composition to an appropriate range.
 光重合開始剤(C)の中では、感光性組成物の感度の点で、オキシムエステル化合物が好ましい。
 オキシムエステル化合物としては、下記式(c1)で表される部分構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
Among the photopolymerization initiators (C), oxime ester compounds are preferred from the viewpoint of the sensitivity of the photosensitive composition.
As the oxime ester compound, a compound having a partial structure represented by the following formula (c1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式(c1)中、
n1は、0、又は1であり、
c2は、一価の有機基であり、
c3は、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1以上20以下の脂肪族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基であり、
*は結合手である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(In formula (c1),
n1 is 0 or 1,
R c2 is a monovalent organic group,
R c3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
* is a bond. )
 式(c1)で表される部分構造を有する化合物は、カルバゾール骨格、フルオレン骨格、ジフェニルエーテル骨格や、フェニルスルフィド骨格を有することが好ましい。
 式(c1)で表される部分構造を有する化合物は、式(c1)で表される部分構造を1つ又は2つ有することが好ましい。
The compound having the partial structure represented by formula (c1) preferably has a carbazole skeleton, fluorene skeleton, diphenyl ether skeleton, or phenyl sulfide skeleton.
The compound having the partial structure represented by formula (c1) preferably has one or two partial structures represented by formula (c1).
 式(c1)で表される部分構造を有する化合物としては、下記式(c2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Compounds having a partial structure represented by formula (c1) include compounds represented by the following formula (c2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式(c2)中、Rc1は、下記式(c3)、(c4)、又は(c5)で表される基であり、
n1は、0、又は1であり、
c2は、一価の有機基であり、
c3は、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1以上20以下の脂肪族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(In the formula (c2), R c1 is a group represented by the following formula (c3), (c4), or (c5),
n1 is 0 or 1,
R c2 is a monovalent organic group,
R c3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(式(c3)中、Rc4及びRc5は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基であり、
n2は、0以上3以下の整数であり、
n2が2又は3の場合、複数のRc5は同一でも異なっていてもよく、複数のRc5は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
*は結合手である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
(In formula (c3), R c4 and R c5 are each independently a monovalent organic group,
n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less,
When n2 is 2 or 3, multiple R c5 may be the same or different, and multiple R c5 may combine with each other to form a ring.
* is a bond. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(式(c4)中、Rc6及びRc7は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有してもよい鎖状アルキル基、置換基を有してもよい鎖状アルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよい環状有機基、又は水素原子であり、
c6とRc7とは互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、
c7とフルオレン骨格中のベンゼン環とが互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、
c8は、ニトロ基、又は1価の有機基、であり、
n3は、0以上4以下の整数であり、
*は結合手である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(In the formula (c4), R c6 and R c7 each independently represent an optionally substituted chain alkyl group, an optionally substituted chain alkoxy group, a substituted is a cyclic organic group or a hydrogen atom,
R c6 and R c7 may combine with each other to form a ring,
R c7 and the benzene ring in the fluorene skeleton may be bonded to each other to form a ring,
R c8 is a nitro group or a monovalent organic group,
n3 is an integer of 0 to 4,
* is a bond. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(式(c5)中、Rc9は、1価の有機基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、又はシアノ基であり、
Aは、S又はOであり、
n4は、0以上4以下の整数であり、
*は結合手である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
(In formula (c5), R c9 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group,
A is S or O;
n4 is an integer of 0 to 4,
* is a bond. )
 式(c3)中、Rc4は、1価の有機基である。Rc4は、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で、種々の有機基から選択できる。有機基としては、炭素原子含有基が好ましく、1以上の炭素原子と、H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選択される1以上の原子とからなる基がより好ましい。炭素原子含有基の炭素原子数は特に限定されず、1以上50以下が好ましく、1以上20以下がより好ましい。
 Rc4の好適な例としては、炭素原子数1以上20以下の置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、炭素原子数3以上20以下の置換基を有してもよいシクロアルキル基、炭素原子数2以上20以下の置換基を有してもよい飽和脂肪族アシル基、炭素原子数2以上20以下の置換基を有してもよいアルコキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、置換基を有してもよいフェノキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数7以上20以下のフェニルアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基、置換基を有してもよいナフトイル基、置換基を有してもよいナフトキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数11以上20以下のナフチルアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいヘテロシクリル基、及び置換基を有してもよいヘテロシクリルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
In formula (c3), R c4 is a monovalent organic group. R c4 can be selected from various organic groups as long as the objects of the present invention are not impaired. As the organic group, a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
Preferred examples of R c4 include an optionally substituted alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and a carbon atom A saturated aliphatic acyl group optionally having 2 to 20 substituents, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms and optionally having a substituent, a phenyl group optionally having a substituent , an optionally substituted benzoyl group, an optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted phenylalkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, having a substituent optionally substituted naphthyl group, optionally substituted naphthoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted naphthylalkyl group having 11 to 20 carbon atoms, substituted a heterocyclyl group optionally having a group, a heterocyclylcarbonyl group optionally having a substituent, and the like.
 Rc4の中では、炭素原子数1以上20以下のアルキル基が好ましい。当該アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても分岐鎖状であってもよい。式(c3)で表される化合物の感光性組成物中での溶解性が良好である点から、Rc4としてのアルキル基の炭素原子数は、2以上が好ましく、5以上がより好ましく、7以上が特に好ましい。また、感光性組成物中での、式(c3)で表される化合物と、他の成分との相溶性が良好である点から、Rc4としてのアルキルの基の炭素原子数は、15以下が好ましく、10以下がより好ましい。 Among R c4 , an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms is preferred. The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group as R c4 is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 5 or more, and 7 because the compound represented by formula (c3) has good solubility in the photosensitive composition. The above are particularly preferred. Further, from the viewpoint of good compatibility between the compound represented by formula (c3) and other components in the photosensitive composition, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group as R c4 is 15 or less. is preferred, and 10 or less is more preferred.
 Rc4が置換基を有する場合、当該置換基の好適な例としては、水酸基、炭素原子数1以上20以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数1以上20以下のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2以上20以下の脂肪族アシル基、炭素原子数2以上20以下の脂肪族アシルオキシ基、フェノキシ基、ベンゾイル基、ベンゾイルオキシ基、-PO(OR)で表される基(Rは炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキル基)、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ヘテロシクリル基等が挙げられる。 When R c4 has a substituent, preferred examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and 2 to 20 carbon atoms. aliphatic acyl groups, aliphatic acyloxy groups having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, phenoxy groups, benzoyl groups, benzoyloxy groups, groups represented by —PO(OR) 2 (R has 1 to 6 carbon atoms alkyl group), a halogen atom, a cyano group, a heterocyclyl group, and the like.
 Rc4が、ヘテロシクリル基である場合、当該ヘテロシクリル基は、脂肪族複素環基であっても、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。Rc4がヘテロシクリル基である場合、ヘテロシクリル基は、1以上のN、S、Oを含む5員又は6員の単環であるか、かかる単環同士、又はかかる単環とベンゼン環とが縮合したヘテロシクリル基である。ヘテロシクリル基が縮合環である場合は、縮合環を構成する単環の数を3以下とする。かかるヘテロシクリル基を構成する複素環としては、フラン、チオフェン、ピロール、オキサゾール、イソオキサゾール、チアゾール、チアジアゾール、イソチアゾール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、トリアゾール、ピリジン、ピラジン、ピリミジン、ピリダジン、ベンゾフラン、ベンゾチオフェン、インドール、イソインドール、インドリジン、ベンゾイミダゾール、ベンゾトリアゾール、ベンゾオキサゾール、ベンゾチアゾール、カルバゾール、プリン、キノリン、イソキノリン、キナゾリン、フタラジン、シンノリン、キノキサリン、ピペリジン、ピペラジン、モルホリン、ピペリジン、テトラヒドロピラン、及びテトラヒドロフラン等が挙げられる。
 Rc4がヘテロシクリル基である場合、当該ヘテロシクリル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、水酸基、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基等が挙げられる。
When R c4 is a heterocyclyl group, the heterocyclyl group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. When R c4 is a heterocyclyl group, the heterocyclyl group is a 5- or 6-membered monocyclic ring containing one or more N, S, O, or such monocyclic rings are fused together or such monocyclic rings are fused with a benzene ring. is a heterocyclyl group. When the heterocyclyl group is a condensed ring, the number of monocyclic rings constituting the condensed ring is 3 or less. Heterocyclic rings constituting such heterocyclyl groups include furan, thiophene, pyrrole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, thiadiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyridazine, benzofuran, benzothiophene, indole, isoindole, indolizine, benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, carbazole, purine, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, phthalazine, cinnoline, quinoxaline, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, piperidine, tetrahydropyran, and tetrahydrofuran; be done.
When R c4 is a heterocyclyl group, examples of substituents that the heterocyclyl group may have include a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, and the like.
 以上説明したRc4の好適な具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、ペンタン-3-イル基、sec-ペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、及び2-エチルヘキシル基が挙げられる。
 また、感光性組成物中での式(c3)で表される化合物の溶解性が良好である点から、n-オクチル基、及び2-エチルヘキシル基が好ましく、2-エチルヘキシル基がより好ましい。
Preferable specific examples of R c4 described above include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, Examples include isopentyl, neopentyl, pentan-3-yl, sec-pentyl, tert-pentyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, n-octyl, and 2-ethylhexyl groups.
Further, n-octyl group and 2-ethylhexyl group are preferred, and 2-ethylhexyl group is more preferred, from the viewpoint of good solubility of the compound represented by formula (c3) in the photosensitive composition.
 式(c3)中、Rc5は、1価の有機基、ハロゲン原子、又はニトロ基である。Rc5としての1価の有機基は、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で、種々の有機基から選択できる。有機基としては、炭素原子含有基が好ましく、1以上の炭素原子と、H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選択される1以上の原子とからなる基がより好ましい。炭素原子含有基の炭素原子数は特に限定されず、1以上50以下が好ましく、1以上20以下がより好ましい。
 Rc5として好適な1価の有機基の例としては、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、シクロアルキル基、シクロアルコキシ基、飽和脂肪族アシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、飽和脂肪族アシルオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェノキシ基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、置換基を有してもよいフェノキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基、置換基を有してもよいナフトキシ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトイル基、置換基を有してもよいナフトキシカルボニル基、置換基を有してもよいナフトイルオキシ基、置換基を有してもよいナフチルアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいヘテロシクリル基、置換基を有してもよいヘテロシクリルカルボニル基、1、2の有機基で置換されたアミノ基、モルホリン-1-イル基、ピペラジン-1-イル基、ハロゲン、ニトロ基、シアノ基、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含む置換基(ただし、Xは、各々独立に、ハロゲン原子である)等が挙げられる。
In formula (c3), R c5 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, or a nitro group. The monovalent organic group for R c5 can be selected from various organic groups as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. As the organic group, a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
Examples of monovalent organic groups suitable as R c5 include alkyl groups, alkoxy groups, cycloalkyl groups, cycloalkoxy groups, saturated aliphatic acyl groups, alkoxycarbonyl groups, saturated aliphatic acyloxy groups, and substituents. optionally substituted phenyl group, optionally substituted phenoxy group, optionally substituted benzoyl group, optionally substituted phenoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted benzoyloxy a phenylalkyl group optionally having substituents, a naphthyl group optionally having substituents, a naphthoxy group optionally having substituents, a naphthoyl group optionally having substituents, a substituent an optionally substituted naphthoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted naphthyloxy group, an optionally substituted naphthylalkyl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclyl group, an optionally substituted heterocyclylcarbonyl group, amino group substituted with one or two organic groups, morpholin-1-yl group, piperazin-1-yl group, halogen, nitro group, cyano group, HX 2 C- or H 2 Substituents including a group represented by XC— (where each X is independently a halogen atom) and the like.
 Rc5がアルキル基である場合、アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1以上20以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましい。また、Rc5がアルキル基である場合、直鎖であっても、分岐鎖であってもよい。Rc5がアルキル基である場合の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、sec-オクチル基、tert-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、イソノニル基、n-デシル基、及びイソデシル基等が挙げられる。また、Rc5がアルキル基である場合、アルキル基は炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい。炭素鎖中にエーテル結合を有するアルキル基の例としては、メトキシエチル基、エトキシエチル基、メトキシエトキシエチル基、エトキシエトキシエチル基、プロピルオキシエトキシエチル基、及びメトキシプロピル基等が挙げられる。 When R c5 is an alkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. Further, when R c5 is an alkyl group, it may be linear or branched. Specific examples of R c5 being an alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl and n-pentyl groups. , isopentyl group, sec-pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, sec-octyl group, tert-octyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, isodecyl group and the like. In addition, when R c5 is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propyloxyethoxyethyl, and methoxypropyl groups.
 Rc5がアルコキシ基である場合、アルコキシ基の炭素原子数は、1以上20以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましい。また、Rc5がアルコキシ基である場合、直鎖であっても、分岐鎖であってもよい。Rc5がアルコキシ基である場合の具体例としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロピルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、n-ブチルオキシ基、イソブチルオキシ基、sec-ブチルオキシ基、tert-ブチルオキシ基、n-ペンチルオキシ基、イソペンチルオキシ基、sec-ペンチルオキシ基、tert-ペンチルオキシ基、n-ヘキシルオキシ基、n-ヘプチルオキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、イソオクチルオキシ基、sec-オクチルオキシ基、tert-オクチルオキシ基、n-ノニルオキシ基、イソノニルオキシ基、n-デシルオキシ基、及びイソデシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。また、Rc5がアルコキシ基である場合、アルコキシ基は炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい。炭素鎖中にエーテル結合を有するアルコキシ基の例としては、メトキシエトキシ基、エトキシエトキシ基、メトキシエトキシエトキシ基、エトキシエトキシエトキシ基、プロピルオキシエトキシエトキシ基、及びメトキシプロピルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 When R c5 is an alkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. In addition, when R c5 is an alkoxy group, it may be linear or branched. Specific examples of R c5 being an alkoxy group include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert-butyloxy, n -pentyloxy group, isopentyloxy group, sec-pentyloxy group, tert-pentyloxy group, n-hexyloxy group, n-heptyloxy group, n-octyloxy group, isooctyloxy group, sec-octyloxy group , tert-octyloxy group, n-nonyloxy group, isononyloxy group, n-decyloxy group, and isodecyloxy group. Further, when R c5 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy, propyloxyethoxyethoxy, methoxypropyloxy and the like.
 Rc5がシクロアルキル基又はシクロアルコキシ基である場合、シクロアルキル基又はシクロアルコキシ基の炭素原子数は、3以上10以下が好ましく、3以上6以下がより好ましい。Rc5がシクロアルキル基である場合の具体例としては、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、及びシクロオクチル基等が挙げられる。Rc5がシクロアルコキシ基である場合の具体例としては、シクロプロピルオキシ基、シクロブチルオキシ基、シクロペンチルオキシ基、シクロヘキシルオキシ基、シクロヘプチルオキシ基、及びシクロオクチルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 When R c5 is a cycloalkyl group or a cycloalkoxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group or cycloalkoxy group is preferably 3 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 6 or less. Specific examples of R c5 being a cycloalkyl group include a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cycloheptyl group, and a cyclooctyl group. Specific examples of R c5 being a cycloalkoxy group include a cyclopropyloxy group, a cyclobutyloxy group, a cyclopentyloxy group, a cyclohexyloxy group, a cycloheptyloxy group, and a cyclooctyloxy group.
 Rc5が飽和脂肪族アシル基又は飽和脂肪族アシルオキシ基である場合、飽和脂肪族アシル基又は飽和脂肪族アシルオキシ基の炭素原子数は、2以上21以下が好ましく、2以上7以下がより好ましい。Rc5が飽和脂肪族アシル基である場合の具体例としては、アセチル基、プロパノイル基、n-ブタノイル基、2-メチルプロパノイル基、n-ペンタノイル基、2,2-ジメチルプロパノイル基、n-ヘキサノイル基、n-ヘプタノイル基、n-オクタノイル基、n-ノナノイル基、n-デカノイル基、n-ウンデカノイル基、n-ドデカノイル基、n-トリデカノイル基、n-テトラデカノイル基、n-ペンタデカノイル基、及びn-ヘキサデカノイル基等が挙げられる。Rc5が飽和脂肪族アシルオキシ基である場合の具体例としては、アセチルオキシ基、プロパノイルオキシ基、n-ブタノイルオキシ基、2-メチルプロパノイルオキシ基、n-ペンタノイルオキシ基、2,2-ジメチルプロパノイルオキシ基、n-ヘキサノイルオキシ基、n-ヘプタノイルオキシ基、n-オクタノイルオキシ基、n-ノナノイルオキシ基、n-デカノイルオキシ基、n-ウンデカノイルオキシ基、n-ドデカノイルオキシ基、n-トリデカノイルオキシ基、n-テトラデカノイルオキシ基、n-ペンタデカノイルオキシ基、及びn-ヘキサデカノイルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 When R c5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group or saturated aliphatic acyloxy group, the number of carbon atoms in the saturated aliphatic acyl group or saturated aliphatic acyloxy group is preferably 2 or more and 21 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 7 or less. Specific examples of when R c5 is a saturated aliphatic acyl group include acetyl, propanoyl, n-butanoyl, 2-methylpropanoyl, n-pentanoyl, 2,2-dimethylpropanoyl, n -hexanoyl group, n-heptanoyl group, n-octanoyl group, n-nonanoyl group, n-decanoyl group, n-undecanoyl group, n-dodecanoyl group, n-tridecanoyl group, n-tetradecanoyl group, n-pentadecanyl group Noyl group, n-hexadecanoyl group and the like. Specific examples of R c5 being a saturated aliphatic acyloxy group include acetyloxy, propanoyloxy, n-butanoyloxy, 2-methylpropanoyloxy, n-pentanoyloxy, 2, 2-dimethylpropanoyloxy group, n-hexanoyloxy group, n-heptanoyloxy group, n-octanoyloxy group, n-nonanoyloxy group, n-decanoyloxy group, n-undecanoyloxy group, n -dodecanoyloxy group, n-tridecanoyloxy group, n-tetradecanoyloxy group, n-pentadecanoyloxy group, n-hexadecanoyloxy group and the like.
 Rc5がアルコキシカルボニル基である場合、アルコキシカルボニル基の炭素原子数は、2以上20以下が好ましく、2以上7以下がより好ましい。Rc5がアルコキシカルボニル基である場合の具体例としては、メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、n-プロピルオキシカルボニル基、イソプロピルオキシカルボニル基、n-ブチルオキシカルボニル基、イソブチルオキシカルボニル基、sec-ブチルオキシカルボニル基、tert-ブチルオキシカルボニル基、n-ペンチルオキシカルボニル基、イソペンチルオキシカルボニル基、sec-ペンチルオキシカルボニル基、tert-ペンチルオキシカルボニル基、n-ヘキシルオキシカルボニル基、n-ヘプチルオキシカルボニル基、n-オクチルオキシカルボニル基、イソオクチルオキシカルボニル基、sec-オクチルオキシカルボニル基、tert-オクチルオキシカルボニル基、n-ノニルオキシカルボニル基、イソノニルオキシカルボニル基、n-デシルオキシカルボニル基、及びイソデシルオキシカルボニル基等が挙げられる。 When R c5 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 2 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 7 or less. Specific examples of R c5 being an alkoxycarbonyl group include methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, n-propyloxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, n-butyloxycarbonyl, isobutyloxycarbonyl, sec-butyl oxycarbonyl group, tert-butyloxycarbonyl group, n-pentyloxycarbonyl group, isopentyloxycarbonyl group, sec-pentyloxycarbonyl group, tert-pentyloxycarbonyl group, n-hexyloxycarbonyl group, n-heptyloxycarbonyl group, n-octyloxycarbonyl group, isooctyloxycarbonyl group, sec-octyloxycarbonyl group, tert-octyloxycarbonyl group, n-nonyloxycarbonyl group, isononyloxycarbonyl group, n-decyloxycarbonyl group, and An isodecyloxycarbonyl group and the like can be mentioned.
 Rc5がフェニルアルキル基である場合、フェニルアルキル基の炭素原子数は、7以上20以下が好ましく、7以上10以下がより好ましい。また、Rc5がナフチルアルキル基である場合、ナフチルアルキル基の炭素原子数は、11以上20以下が好ましく、11以上14以下がより好ましい。Rc5がフェニルアルキル基である場合の具体例としては、ベンジル基、2-フェニルエチル基、3-フェニルプロピル基、及び4-フェニルブチル基が挙げられる。Rc5がナフチルアルキル基である場合の具体例としては、α-ナフチルメチル基、β-ナフチルメチル基、2-(α-ナフチル)エチル基、及び2-(β-ナフチル)エチル基が挙げられる。Rc5が、フェニルアルキル基、又はナフチルアルキル基である場合、Rc5は、フェニル基、又はナフチル基上にさらに置換基を有していてもよい。 When R c5 is a phenylalkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the phenylalkyl group is preferably 7 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 7 or more and 10 or less. When R c5 is a naphthylalkyl group, the number of carbon atoms in the naphthylalkyl group is preferably 11 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 11 or more and 14 or less. Specific examples of R c5 being a phenylalkyl group include a benzyl group, a 2-phenylethyl group, a 3-phenylpropyl group and a 4-phenylbutyl group. Specific examples of when R c5 is a naphthylalkyl group include an α-naphthylmethyl group, a β-naphthylmethyl group, a 2-(α-naphthyl)ethyl group, and a 2-(β-naphthyl)ethyl group. . When R c5 is a phenylalkyl group or a naphthylalkyl group, R c5 may further have a substituent on the phenyl group or naphthyl group.
 Rc5がヘテロシクリル基である場合、ヘテロシクリル基は、式(c3)中のRc4がヘテロシクリル基である場合と同様であり、ヘテロシクリル基はさらに置換基を有していてもよい。
 Rc5がヘテロシクリルカルボニル基である場合、ヘテロシクリルカルボニル基に含まれるヘテロシクリル基は、Rc5がヘテロシクリル基である場合と同様である。
When R c5 is a heterocyclyl group, the heterocyclyl group is the same as when R c4 in formula (c3) is a heterocyclyl group, and the heterocyclyl group may further have a substituent.
When R c5 is a heterocyclylcarbonyl group, the heterocyclyl group contained in the heterocyclylcarbonyl group is the same as when R c5 is a heterocyclyl group.
 Rc5が1又は2の有機基で置換されたアミノ基である場合、有機基の好適な例は、炭素原子数1以上20以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数3以上10以下のシクロアルキル基、炭素原子数2以上21以下の飽和脂肪族アシル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数7以上20以下のフェニルアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基、置換基を有してもよいナフトイル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数11以上20以下のナフチルアルキル基、及びヘテロシクリル基等が挙げられる。これらの好適な有機基の具体例は、Rc5と同様である。1、又は2の有機基で置換されたアミノ基の具体例としては、メチルアミノ基、エチルアミノ基、ジエチルアミノ基、n-プロピルアミノ基、ジ-n-プロピルアミノ基、イソプロピルアミノ基、n-ブチルアミノ基、ジ-n-ブチルアミノ基、n-ペンチルアミノ基、n-ヘキシルアミノ基、n-ヘプチルアミノ基、n-オクチルアミノ基、n-ノニルアミノ基、n-デシルアミノ基、フェニルアミノ基、ナフチルアミノ基、アセチルアミノ基、プロパノイルアミノ基、n-ブタノイルアミノ基、n-ペンタノイルアミノ基、n-ヘキサノイルアミノ基、n-ヘプタノイルアミノ基、n-オクタノイルアミノ基、n-デカノイルアミノ基、ベンゾイルアミノ基、α-ナフトイルアミノ基、及びβ-ナフトイルアミノ基等が挙げられる。 When R c5 is an amino group substituted with 1 or 2 organic groups, preferred examples of the organic group include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 21 carbon atoms, optionally substituted phenyl group, optionally substituted benzoyl group, optionally substituted 7 to 20 carbon atoms The following phenylalkyl groups, optionally substituted naphthyl groups, optionally substituted naphthoyl groups, optionally substituted naphthylalkyl groups having 11 to 20 carbon atoms, and heterocyclyl and the like. Specific examples of these suitable organic groups are the same as for R c5 . Specific examples of the amino group substituted with one or two organic groups include methylamino group, ethylamino group, diethylamino group, n-propylamino group, di-n-propylamino group, isopropylamino group, n- butylamino group, di-n-butylamino group, n-pentylamino group, n-hexylamino group, n-heptylamino group, n-octylamino group, n-nonylamino group, n-decylamino group, phenylamino group, naphthylamino group, acetylamino group, propanoylamino group, n-butanoylamino group, n-pentanoylamino group, n-hexanoylamino group, n-heptanoylamino group, n-octanoylamino group, n- decanoylamino group, benzoylamino group, α-naphthoylamino group, β-naphthoylamino group and the like.
 Rc5に含まれる、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びヘテロシクリル基がさらに置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含む置換基(例えば、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基)、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基、炭素原子数2以上7以下の飽和脂肪族アシル基、炭素原子数2以上7以下のアルコキシカルボニル基、炭素原子数2以上7以下の飽和脂肪族アシルオキシ基、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキル基を有するモノアルキルアミノ基、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキル基を有するジアルキルアミノ基、モルホリン-1-イル基、ピペラジン-1-イル基、ベンゾイル基、ハロゲン、ニトロ基、及びシアノ基等が挙げられる。Rc5に含まれる、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びヘテロシクリル基がさらに置換基を有する場合、その置換基の数は、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で限定されず、1以上4以下が好ましい。Rc5に含まれる、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びヘテロシクリル基が、複数の置換基を有する場合、複数の置換基は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 When the phenyl group, naphthyl group and heterocyclyl group contained in R c5 further have a substituent, the substituent includes a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- (eg, HX 2 C— or H 2 XC—, a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C— or H 2 XC—, a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C— or H 2 XC—), Alkyl group, alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, saturated aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 7 carbon atoms, saturated fat having 2 to 7 carbon atoms group acyloxy group, monoalkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, dialkylamino group having an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, morpholin-1-yl group, piperazin-1-yl group , a benzoyl group, a halogen, a nitro group, a cyano group, and the like. When the phenyl group, naphthyl group, and heterocyclyl group contained in R c5 further have substituents, the number of substituents is not limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired, and is preferably 1 to 4. When the phenyl group, naphthyl group and heterocyclyl group contained in R c5 have multiple substituents, the multiple substituents may be the same or different.
 Rc5に含まれる、ベンゾイル基がさらに置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキル基、モルホリン-1-イル基、ピペラジン-1-イル基、2-テノイル基(チオフェン-2-イルカルボニル基)、フラン-3-イルカルボニル基及びフェニル基等が挙げられる。 Substituents contained in R c5 when the benzoyl group further has a substituent include an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a morpholin-1-yl group, a piperazin-1-yl group, and a 2-thenoyl group. (thiophen-2-ylcarbonyl group), furan-3-ylcarbonyl group and phenyl group.
 Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子等が挙げられ、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。 The halogen atom represented by X includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, etc., and is preferably a fluorine atom.
 HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含む置換基としては、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基を有する基、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基を有する基等が挙げられ、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基、又はHXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基を有する基であることがより好ましい。 The substituent containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- includes a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC- A group having a halogenated alkoxy group including a group represented by -, a halogenated alkyl group including a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC-, represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- and a group having a halogenated alkyl group containing a group, such as a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, or represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- More preferably, it is a group having a halogenated alkoxy group containing group.
 HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基を有する基としては、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基で置換されている芳香族基(例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等)、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基で置換されているシクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等)等が挙げられ、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基で置換されている芳香族基であることが好ましい。 The group having a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- is substituted with a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--. aromatic groups (e.g., phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), cycloalkyl groups ( e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl groups, etc.), etc., and is preferably an aromatic group substituted with a halogenated alkyl group including a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--.
 HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基を有する基としては、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基で置換されている芳香族基(例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基等)、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基で置換されているアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、i-プロピル基等)、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基で置換されているシクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等)等が挙げられ、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基で置換されている芳香族基であることが好ましい。 The group having a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC-- is substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--. aromatic groups (e.g., phenyl group, naphthyl group, etc.), alkyl groups substituted with halogenated alkoxy groups including groups represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- (e.g., methyl group, ethyl group , n-propyl group, i-propyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group including a group represented by HX 2 C- or H 2 XC- (e.g., cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, etc. ) and the like, preferably an aromatic group substituted with a halogenated alkoxy group including a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--.
 また、Rc5としてはシクロアルキルアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェノキシアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基も好ましい。フェノキシアルキル基、及びフェニルチオアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、Rc5に含まれるフェニル基が有していてもよい置換基と同様である。 Rc5 is also preferably a cycloalkylalkyl group, a phenoxyalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring, and a phenylthioalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring. The substituents that the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group may have are the same as the substituents that the phenyl group contained in R c5 may have.
 1価の有機基の中でも、Rc5としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、又はシクロアルキルアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基としては、炭素原子数1以上20以下のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素原子数1以上8以下のアルキル基がより好ましく、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルキル基が特に好ましく、メチル基が最も好ましい。置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基の中では、メチルフェニル基が好ましく、2-メチルフェニル基がより好ましい。シクロアルキルアルキル基に含まれるシクロアルキル基の炭素原子数は、5以上10以下が好ましく、5以上8以下がより好ましく、5又は6が特に好ましい。シクロアルキルアルキル基に含まれるアルキレン基の炭素原子数は、1以上8以下が好ましく、1以上4以下がより好ましく、2が特に好ましい。シクロアルキルアルキル基の中では、シクロペンチルエチル基が好ましい。芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基に含まれるアルキレン基の炭素原子数は、1以上8以下が好ましく、1以上4以下がより好ましく、2が特に好ましい。芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基の中では、2-(4-クロロフェニルチオ)エチル基が好ましい。 Among the monovalent organic groups, R c5 is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an optionally substituted phenyl group, a cycloalkylalkyl group, or an aromatic ring which may have a substituent. Good phenylthioalkyl groups are preferred. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, most preferably a methyl group. preferable. Among the optionally substituted phenyl groups, a methylphenyl group is preferred, and a 2-methylphenyl group is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably 5 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 5 or more and 8 or less, and particularly preferably 5 or 6. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the cycloalkylalkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 2. Among the cycloalkylalkyl groups, a cyclopentylethyl group is preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group contained in the phenylthioalkyl group which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less, and particularly preferably 2. Among the phenylthioalkyl groups which may have a substituent on the aromatic ring, a 2-(4-chlorophenylthio)ethyl group is preferred.
 式(c3)で表される基において、Rc5が複数存在し、複数のRc5が互いに結合して環を形成する場合、形成される環としては、炭化水素環や、複素環等が挙げられる。複素環に含まれるヘテロ原子としては、例えば、N、OやSが挙げられる。複数のRc5が互いに結合して形成する環としては、特に芳香族環が好ましい。かかる芳香族環は、芳香族炭化水素環であっても、芳香族複素環であってもよい。かかる芳香族環としては、芳香族炭化水素環が好ましい。式(c3)において、複数のRc5が互いに結合してベンゼン環を形成した場合の具体例を、以下に示す。 In the group represented by formula (c3), when a plurality of R c5 are present and the plurality of R c5 are bonded to each other to form a ring, the formed ring includes a hydrocarbon ring, a heterocyclic ring, and the like. be done. Heteroatoms contained in heterocycles include, for example, N, O and S. Aromatic rings are particularly preferred as the ring formed by combining a plurality of R c5 s. Such an aromatic ring may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. As such an aromatic ring, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferred. Specific examples of the case where a plurality of R c5 in formula (c3) are bonded to each other to form a benzene ring are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 式(c4)で表される基において、Rc8は、ニトロ基又は1価の有機基である。Rc8は、式(c4)中の縮合環上で、-(CO)n1-で表される基に結合する芳香環とは異なる6員芳香環に、結合する。式(c4)中、Rc8の結合位置は特に限定されない。式(c4)で表される基が1以上のRc8を有する場合、式(c4)で表される化合物の合成が容易であること等から、1以上のRc8のうちの1つが、フルオレン骨格の7位の位置に結合することが好ましい。すなわち、式(c4)で表される基が1以上のRc8を有する場合、式(c4)で表される基は、下記式(c6)で示されることが好ましい。Rc8が複数の場合、複数のRc8は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。 In the group represented by formula (c4), R c8 is a nitro group or a monovalent organic group. R c8 is bonded to a 6-membered aromatic ring different from the aromatic ring bonded to the group represented by —(CO) n1 — on the condensed ring in formula (c4). In formula (c4), the bonding position of R c8 is not particularly limited. When the group represented by formula (c4) has one or more R c8 , one of the one or more R c8 is fluorene, because the compound represented by formula (c4) is easily synthesized. Attachment to the 7-position of the backbone is preferred. That is, when the group represented by formula (c4) has 1 or more R c8 , the group represented by formula (c4) is preferably represented by the following formula (c6). When there are multiple R c8s , the multiple R c8s may be the same or different.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(式(c6)中、Rc6、Rc7、Rc8、n3は、それぞれ式(c4)におけるRc6、Rc7、Rc8、n3と同様である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
(In formula (c6), R c6 , R c7 , R c8 and n3 are the same as R c6 , R c7 , R c8 and n3 in formula (c4).)
 Rc8が1価の有機基である場合、Rc8は、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で特に限定されない。有機基としては、炭素原子含有基が好ましく、1以上の炭素原子と、H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選択される1以上の原子とからなる基がより好ましい。炭素原子含有基の炭素原子数は特に限定されず、1以上50以下が好ましく、1以上20以下がより好ましい。
 Rc8が1価の有機基である場合の好適な例としては、式(c3)中のRc5としての1価の有機基の好適な例と同様の基が挙げられる。
When R c8 is a monovalent organic group, R c8 is not particularly limited as long as the object of the present invention is not impaired. As the organic group, a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
Preferred examples of the monovalent organic group for R c8 include the same preferred examples of the monovalent organic group as R c5 in formula (c3).
 式(c4)中、Rc6及びRc7は、それぞれ、置換基を有してもよい鎖状アルキル基、置換基を有してもよい鎖状アルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよい環状有機基、又は水素原子である。Rc6及びRc7とは相互に結合して環を形成してもよい。これらの基の中では、Rc6及びRc7として、置換基を有してもよい鎖状アルキル基が好ましい。Rc6及びRc7が置換基を有してもよい鎖状アルキル基である場合、鎖状アルキル基は直鎖アルキル基でも分岐鎖アルキル基でもよい。 In formula (c4), R c6 and R c7 are each an optionally substituted chain alkyl group, an optionally substituted chain alkoxy group, an optionally substituted cyclic It is an organic group or a hydrogen atom. R c6 and R c7 may combine with each other to form a ring. Among these groups, chain alkyl groups which may have a substituent are preferable as R c6 and R c7 . When R c6 and R c7 are a chain alkyl group which may have a substituent, the chain alkyl group may be a straight chain alkyl group or a branched chain alkyl group.
 Rc6及びRc7が置換基を持たない鎖状アルキル基である場合、鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1以上20以下が好ましく、1以上10以下がより好ましく、1以上6以下が特に好ましい。Rc6及びRc7が鎖状アルキル基である場合の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、sec-ペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、イソオクチル基、sec-オクチル基、tert-オクチル基、n-ノニル基、イソノニル基、n-デシル基、及びイソデシル基等が挙げられる。また、Rc6及びRc7がアルキル基である場合、アルキル基は炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい。炭素鎖中にエーテル結合を有するアルキル基の例としては、メトキシエチル基、エトキシエチル基、メトキシエトキシエチル基、エトキシエトキシエチル基、プロピルオキシエトキシエチル基、及びメトキシプロピル基等が挙げられる。 When R c6 and R c7 are unsubstituted chain alkyl groups, the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly 1 or more and 6 or less. preferable. Specific examples of R c6 and R c7 being chain alkyl groups include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group. , n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, sec-pentyl group, tert-pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, isooctyl group, sec-octyl group, tert-octyl group, n-nonyl group, isononyl group, n-decyl group, and isodecyl group. In addition, when R c6 and R c7 are alkyl groups, the alkyl group may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkyl groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethyl, ethoxyethyl, methoxyethoxyethyl, ethoxyethoxyethyl, propyloxyethoxyethyl, and methoxypropyl groups.
 Rc6及びRc7が置換基を有する鎖状アルキル基である場合、鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1以上20以下が好ましく、1以上10以下がより好ましく、1以上6以下が特に好ましい。この場合、置換基の炭素原子数は、鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数に含まれない。置換基を有する鎖状アルキル基は、直鎖状であるのが好ましい。 When R c6 and R c7 are chain alkyl groups having a substituent, the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. . In this case, the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is not included in the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group. A chain alkyl group having a substituent is preferably linear.
 アルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で特に限定されない。置換基の好適な例としては、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基、環状有機基、及びアルコキシカルボニル基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。これらの中では、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子が好ましい。環状有機基としては、シクロアルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基、ヘテロシクリル基が挙げられる。シクロアルキル基の具体例としては、Rc8がシクロアルキル基である場合の好適な例と同様である。芳香族炭化水素基の具体例としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニリル基、アントリル基、及びフェナントリル基等が挙げられる。ヘテロシクリル基の具体例としては、Rc8がヘテロシクリル基である場合の好適な例と同様である。Rc8がアルコキシカルボニル基である場合、アルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルコキシ基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、直鎖状が好ましい。アルコキシカルボニル基に含まれるアルコキシ基の炭素原子数は、1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましい。 The substituents that the alkyl group may have are not particularly limited as long as they do not interfere with the object of the present invention. Suitable examples of substituents include alkoxy groups, cyano groups, halogen atoms, halogenated alkyl groups, cyclic organic groups, and alkoxycarbonyl groups. Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine atoms. Among these, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom are preferred. Cyclic organic groups include cycloalkyl groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclyl groups. Specific examples of the cycloalkyl group are the same as the preferred examples when R c8 is a cycloalkyl group. Specific examples of aromatic hydrocarbon groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, anthryl, and phenanthryl groups. Specific examples of the heterocyclyl group are the same as the preferred examples when R c8 is a heterocyclyl group. When R c8 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group contained in the alkoxycarbonyl group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
 鎖状アルキル基が置換基を有する場合、置換基の数は特に限定されない。好ましい置換基の数は鎖状アルキル基の炭素原子数に応じて変わる。置換基の数は、典型的には、1以上20以下であり、1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましい。 When the chain alkyl group has substituents, the number of substituents is not particularly limited. The preferred number of substituents varies depending on the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkyl group. The number of substituents is typically 1 or more and 20 or less, preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
 Rc6及びRc7が置換基を持たない鎖状アルコキシ基である場合、鎖状アルコキシ基の炭素原子数は、1以上20以下が好ましく、1以上10以下がより好ましく、1以上6以下が特に好ましい。Rc6及びRc7が鎖状アルコキシ基である場合の具体例としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロピルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、n-ブチルオキシ基、イソブチルオキシ基、sec-ブチルオキシ基、tert-ブチルオキシ基、n-ペンチルオキシ基、イソペンチルオキシ基、sec-ペンチルオキシ基、tert-ペンチルオキシ基、n-ヘキシルオキシ基、n-ヘプチルオキシ基、n-オクチルオキシ基、イソオクチルオキシ基、sec-オクチルオキシ基、tert-オクチルオキシ基、n-ノニルオキシ基、イソノニルオキシ基、n-デシルオキシ基、及びイソデシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。また、Rc6及びRc7がアルコキシ基である場合、アルコキシ基は炭素鎖中にエーテル結合(-O-)を含んでいてもよい。炭素鎖中にエーテル結合を有するアルコキシ基の例としては、メトキシエトキシ基、エトキシエトキシ基、メトキシエトキシエトキシ基、エトキシエトキシエトキシ基、プロピルオキシエトキシエトキシ基、及びメトキシプロピルオキシ基等が挙げられる。 When R c6 and R c7 are chain alkoxy groups having no substituents, the number of carbon atoms in the chain alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, and particularly 1 or more and 6 or less. preferable. Specific examples of R c6 and R c7 being chain alkoxy groups include methoxy, ethoxy, n-propyloxy, isopropyloxy, n-butyloxy, isobutyloxy, sec-butyloxy, tert -butyloxy group, n-pentyloxy group, isopentyloxy group, sec-pentyloxy group, tert-pentyloxy group, n-hexyloxy group, n-heptyloxy group, n-octyloxy group, isooctyloxy group, sec-octyloxy group, tert-octyloxy group, n-nonyloxy group, isononyloxy group, n-decyloxy group, isodecyloxy group and the like. Further, when R c6 and R c7 are alkoxy groups, the alkoxy groups may contain an ether bond (--O--) in the carbon chain. Examples of alkoxy groups having an ether bond in the carbon chain include methoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxy, methoxyethoxyethoxy, ethoxyethoxyethoxy, propyloxyethoxyethoxy, methoxypropyloxy and the like.
 Rc6及びRc7が置換基を有する鎖状アルコキシ基である場合に、アルコキシ基が有してもよい置換基は、Rc6及びRc7が鎖状アルキル基である場合と同様である。 When R c6 and R c7 are chain alkoxy groups having substituents, the substituents that the alkoxy groups may have are the same as in the case where R c6 and R c7 are chain alkyl groups.
c6及びRc7が環状有機基である場合、環状有機基は、脂環式基であっても、芳香族基であってもよい。環状有機基としては、脂肪族環状炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基、ヘテロシクリル基が挙げられる。Rc6及びRc7が環状有機基である場合に、環状有機基が有してもよい置換基は、Rc6及びRc7が鎖状アルキル基である場合と同様である。 When R c6 and R c7 are cyclic organic groups, the cyclic organic group may be an alicyclic group or an aromatic group. Cyclic organic groups include aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups, and heterocyclyl groups. When R c6 and R c7 are cyclic organic groups, the substituents that the cyclic organic groups may have are the same as in the case where R c6 and R c7 are chain alkyl groups.
 Rc6及びRc7が芳香族炭化水素基である場合、芳香族炭化水素基は、フェニル基であるか、複数のベンゼン環が炭素-炭素結合を介して結合して形成される基であるか、複数のベンゼン環が縮合して形成される基であるのが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基が、フェニル基であるか、複数のベンゼン環が結合又は縮合して形成される基である場合、芳香族炭化水素基に含まれるベンゼン環の環数は特に限定されず、3以下が好ましく、2以下がより好ましく、1が特に好ましい。芳香族炭化水素基の好ましい具体例としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ビフェニリル基、アントリル基、及びフェナントリル基等が挙げられる。 When R c6 and R c7 are aromatic hydrocarbon groups, the aromatic hydrocarbon group is either a phenyl group or a group formed by combining a plurality of benzene rings via carbon-carbon bonds. , is preferably a group formed by condensing a plurality of benzene rings. When the aromatic hydrocarbon group is a phenyl group or a group formed by combining or condensing a plurality of benzene rings, the number of benzene rings contained in the aromatic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, 3 or less is preferable, 2 or less is more preferable, and 1 is particularly preferable. Preferred specific examples of aromatic hydrocarbon groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenylyl, anthryl, and phenanthryl groups.
 Rc6及びRc7が脂肪族環状炭化水素基である場合、脂肪族環状炭化水素基は、単環式であっても多環式であってもよい。脂肪族環状炭化水素基の炭素原子数は特に限定されないが、3以上20以下が好ましく、3以上10以下がより好ましい。単環式の環状炭化水素基の例としては、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、ノルボルニル基、イソボルニル基、トリシクロノニル基、トリシクロデシル基、テトラシクロドデシル基、及びアダマンチル基等が挙げられる。 When R c6 and R c7 are aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups, the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon groups may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Although the number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic cyclic hydrocarbon group is not particularly limited, it is preferably 3 or more and 20 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 10 or less. Examples of monocyclic cyclic hydrocarbon groups include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl, isobornyl, tricyclononyl, tricyclodecyl, A tetracyclododecyl group, an adamantyl group, and the like can be mentioned.
 Rc6及びRc7がヘテロシクリル基である場合、式(c3)中のRc5としてのヘテロシクリル基と同様の基が挙げられる。 When R c6 and R c7 are heterocyclyl groups, the same heterocyclyl groups as R c5 in formula (c3) can be mentioned.
 Rc6及びRc7とは相互に結合して環を形成してもよい。Rc6及びRc7とが形成する環からなる基は、シクロアルキリデン基であるのが好ましい。Rc6及びRc7とが結合してシクロアルキリデン基を形成する場合、シクロアルキリデン基を構成する環は、5員環~6員環であるのが好ましく、5員環であるのがより好ましい。 R c6 and R c7 may combine with each other to form a ring. A group consisting of a ring formed by R c6 and R c7 is preferably a cycloalkylidene group. When R c6 and R c7 combine to form a cycloalkylidene group, the ring constituting the cycloalkylidene group is preferably a 5- to 6-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring.
 Rc7とフルオレン骨格のベンゼン環と環を形成する場合、当該環は、芳香族環でもよく、脂肪族環でもよい。 When R c7 forms a ring with the benzene ring of the fluorene skeleton, the ring may be either an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring.
 Rc6及びRc7が結合して形成する基がシクロアルキリデン基である場合、シクロアルキリデン基は、1以上の他の環と縮合していてもよい。シクロアルキリデン基と縮合していてもよい環の例としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、シクロブタン環、シクロペンタン環、シクロヘキサン環、シクロヘプタン環、シクロオクタン環、フラン環、チオフェン環、ピロール環、ピリジン環、ピラジン環、及びピリミジン環等が挙げられる。 When the group formed by combining R c6 and R c7 is a cycloalkylidene group, the cycloalkylidene group may be fused with one or more other rings. Examples of rings that may be condensed with a cycloalkylidene group include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, cyclobutane ring, cyclopentane ring, cyclohexane ring, cycloheptane ring, cyclooctane ring, furan ring, thiophene ring, pyrrole ring, and pyridine. ring, pyrazine ring, pyrimidine ring, and the like.
 以上説明したRc6及びRc7の中でも好適な基の例としては、式-A-Aで表される基が挙げられる。式中、Aは直鎖アルキレン基であり、Aは、アルコキシ基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン化アルキル基、環状有機基、又はアルコキシカルボニル基である挙げられる。 Examples of preferred groups among R c6 and R c7 described above include groups represented by the formula -A 1 -A 2 . In the formula, A 1 is a linear alkylene group, and A 2 is an alkoxy group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, a halogenated alkyl group, a cyclic organic group, or an alkoxycarbonyl group.
 Aの直鎖アルキレン基の炭素原子数は、1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましい。Aがアルコキシ基である場合、アルコキシ基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、直鎖状が好ましい。アルコキシ基の炭素原子数は、1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましい。Aがハロゲン原子である場合、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が好ましく、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子がより好ましい。Aがハロゲン化アルキル基である場合、ハロゲン化アルキル基に含まれるハロゲン原子は、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子が好ましく、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子がより好ましい。ハロゲン化アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、直鎖状が好ましい。Aが環状有機基である場合、環状有機基の例は、Rc6及びRc7が置換基として有する環状有機基と同様である。Aがアルコキシカルボニル基である場合、アルコキシカルボニル基の例は、Rc6及びRc7が置換基として有するアルコキシカルボニル基と同様である。 The number of carbon atoms in the linear alkylene group for A 1 is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. When A2 is an alkoxy group, the alkoxy group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. The number of carbon atoms in the alkoxy group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less. When A2 is a halogen atom, it is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom. When A2 is a halogenated alkyl group, the halogen atom contained in the halogenated alkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom, more preferably a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom or a bromine atom. The halogenated alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. When A2 is a cyclic organic group, examples of the cyclic organic group are the same as the cyclic organic groups that Rc6 and Rc7 have as substituents. When A2 is an alkoxycarbonyl group, examples of the alkoxycarbonyl group are the same as the alkoxycarbonyl groups that Rc6 and Rc7 have as substituents.
 Rc6及びRc7の好適な具体例としては、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、及びn-オクチル基等のアルキル基;2-メトキシエチル基、3-メトキシ-n-プロピル基、4-メトキシ-n-ブチル基、5-メトキシ-n-ペンチル基、6-メトキシ-n-ヘキシル基、7-メトキシ-n-ヘプチル基、8-メトキシ-n-オクチル基、2-エトキシエチル基、3-エトキシ-n-プロピル基、4-エトキシ-n-ブチル基、5-エトキシ-n-ペンチル基、6-エトキシ-n-ヘキシル基、7-エトキシ-n-ヘプチル基、及び8-エトキシ-n-オクチル基等のアルコキシアルキル基;2-シアノエチル基、3-シアノ-n-プロピル基、4-シアノ-n-ブチル基、5-シアノ-n-ペンチル基、6-シアノ-n-ヘキシル基、7-シアノ-n-ヘプチル基、及び8-シアノ-n-オクチル基等のシアノアルキル基;2-フェニルエチル基、3-フェニル-n-プロピル基、4-フェニル-n-ブチル基、5-フェニル-n-ペンチル基、6-フェニル-n-ヘキシル基、7-フェニル-n-ヘプチル基、及び8-フェニル-n-オクチル基等のフェニルアルキル基;2-シクロヘキシルエチル基、3-シクロヘキシル-n-プロピル基、4-シクロヘキシル-n-ブチル基、5-シクロヘキシル-n-ペンチル基、6-シクロヘキシル-n-ヘキシル基、7-シクロヘキシル-n-ヘプチル基、8-シクロヘキシル-n-オクチル基、2-シクロペンチルエチル基、3-シクロペンチル-n-プロピル基、4-シクロペンチル-n-ブチル基、5-シクロペンチル-n-ペンチル基、6-シクロペンチル-n-ヘキシル基、7-シクロペンチル-n-ヘプチル基、及び8-シクロペンチル-n-オクチル基等のシクロアルキルアルキル基;2-メトキシカルボニルエチル基、3-メトキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、4-メトキシカルボニル-n-ブチル基、5-メトキシカルボニル-n-ペンチル基、6-メトキシカルボニル-n-ヘキシル基、7-メトキシカルボニル-n-ヘプチル基、8-メトキシカルボニル-n-オクチル基、2-エトキシカルボニルエチル基、3-エトキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、4-エトキシカルボニル-n-ブチル基、5-エトキシカルボニル-n-ペンチル基、6-エトキシカルボニル-n-ヘキシル基、7-エトキシカルボニル-n-ヘプチル基、及び8-エトキシカルボニル-n-オクチル基等のアルコキシカルボニルアルキル基;2-クロロエチル基、3-クロロ-n-プロピル基、4-クロロ-n-ブチル基、5-クロロ-n-ペンチル基、6-クロロ-n-ヘキシル基、7-クロロ-n-ヘプチル基、8-クロロ-n-オクチル基、2-ブロモエチル基、3-ブロモ-n-プロピル基、4-ブロモ-n-ブチル基、5-ブロモ-n-ペンチル基、6-ブロモ-n-ヘキシル基、7-ブロモ-n-ヘプチル基、8-ブロモ-n-オクチル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピル基、及び3,3,4,4,5,5,5-ヘプタフルオロ-n-ペンチル基等のハロゲン化アルキル基が挙げられる。 Preferred specific examples of R c6 and R c7 include alkyl groups such as ethyl, n-propyl, n-butyl, n-hexyl, n-heptyl, and n-octyl; 2-methoxyethyl; group, 3-methoxy-n-propyl group, 4-methoxy-n-butyl group, 5-methoxy-n-pentyl group, 6-methoxy-n-hexyl group, 7-methoxy-n-heptyl group, 8-methoxy -n-octyl group, 2-ethoxyethyl group, 3-ethoxy-n-propyl group, 4-ethoxy-n-butyl group, 5-ethoxy-n-pentyl group, 6-ethoxy-n-hexyl group, 7- Alkoxyalkyl groups such as ethoxy-n-heptyl group and 8-ethoxy-n-octyl group; 2-cyanoethyl group, 3-cyano-n-propyl group, 4-cyano-n-butyl group, 5-cyano-n -pentyl group, 6-cyano-n-hexyl group, 7-cyano-n-heptyl group, and cyanoalkyl groups such as 8-cyano-n-octyl group; 2-phenylethyl group, 3-phenyl-n-propyl 4-phenyl-n-butyl, 5-phenyl-n-pentyl, 6-phenyl-n-hexyl, 7-phenyl-n-heptyl, and 8-phenyl-n-octyl groups. Alkyl group; 2-cyclohexylethyl group, 3-cyclohexyl-n-propyl group, 4-cyclohexyl-n-butyl group, 5-cyclohexyl-n-pentyl group, 6-cyclohexyl-n-hexyl group, 7-cyclohexyl-n -heptyl group, 8-cyclohexyl-n-octyl group, 2-cyclopentylethyl group, 3-cyclopentyl-n-propyl group, 4-cyclopentyl-n-butyl group, 5-cyclopentyl-n-pentyl group, 6-cyclopentyl- Cycloalkylalkyl groups such as n-hexyl group, 7-cyclopentyl-n-heptyl group, and 8-cyclopentyl-n-octyl group; 2-methoxycarbonylethyl group, 3-methoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 4-methoxy carbonyl-n-butyl group, 5-methoxycarbonyl-n-pentyl group, 6-methoxycarbonyl-n-hexyl group, 7-methoxycarbonyl-n-heptyl group, 8-methoxycarbonyl-n-octyl group, 2-ethoxy carbonylethyl group, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 4-ethoxycarbonyl-n-butyl group, 5-ethoxycarbonyl-n-pentyl group, 6-ethoxycarbonyl-n-hexyl group, 7-ethoxycarbonyl-n -Alkoxycarbonylalkyl groups such as heptyl group and 8-ethoxycarbonyl-n-octyl group; 2-chloroethyl group, 3-chloro-n-propyl group, 4-chloro-n-butyl group, 5-chloro-n- pentyl group, 6-chloro-n-hexyl group, 7-chloro-n-heptyl group, 8-chloro-n-octyl group, 2-bromoethyl group, 3-bromo-n-propyl group, 4-bromo-n- butyl group, 5-bromo-n-pentyl group, 6-bromo-n-hexyl group, 7-bromo-n-heptyl group, 8-bromo-n-octyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, and halogenated alkyl groups such as 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-heptafluoro-n-pentyl group.
 Rc6及びRc7として、上記の中でも好適な基は、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、2-メトキシエチル基、2-シアノエチル基、2-フェニルエチル基、2-シクロヘキシルエチル基、2-メトキシカルボニルエチル基、2-クロロエチル基、2-ブロモエチル基、3,3,3-トリフルオロプロピル基、及び3,3,4,4,5,5,5-ヘプタフルオロ-n-ペンチル基である。 Preferred groups among those described above for R c6 and R c7 are ethyl group, n-propyl group, n-butyl group, n-pentyl group, 2-methoxyethyl group, 2-cyanoethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 2-cyclohexylethyl group, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl group, 2-chloroethyl group, 2-bromoethyl group, 3,3,3-trifluoropropyl group, and 3,3,4,4,5,5,5-hepta It is a fluoro-n-pentyl group.
 式(c5)中、感度に優れる光重合開始剤を得やすい点から、AはSであることが特に好ましい。 In the formula (c5), it is particularly preferable that A is S because it is easy to obtain a photopolymerization initiator with excellent sensitivity.
 式(c5)中、Rc9は、1価の有機基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、又はシアノ基である。
 式(c5)におけるRc9が1価の有機基である場合、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で、種々の有機基から選択できる。有機基としては、炭素原子含有基が好ましく、1以上の炭素原子と、H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選択される1以上の原子とからなる基がより好ましい。炭素原子含有基の炭素原子数は特に限定されず、1以上50以下が好ましく、1以上20以下がより好ましい。
 式(c5)においてRc9が有機基である場合の好適な例としては、式(c3)中のRc5としての1価の有機基と同様の基が挙げられる。
In formula (c5), R c9 is a monovalent organic group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, or a cyano group.
When R c9 in formula (c5) is a monovalent organic group, it can be selected from various organic groups within the range that does not impede the object of the present invention. As the organic group, a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
Preferred examples of the organic group represented by Rc9 in formula (c5) include the same monovalent organic groups as Rc5 in formula (c3).
 Rc9の中では、ベンゾイル基;ナフトイル基;炭素原子数1以上6以下のアルキル基、モルホリン-1-イル基、ピペラジン-1-イル基、及びフェニル基からなる群より選択される基により置換されたベンゾイル基;ニトロ基;置換基を有していてもよいベンゾフラニルカルボニル基が好ましく、ベンゾイル基;ナフトイル基;2-メチルフェニルカルボニル基;4-(ピペラジン-1-イル)フェニルカルボニル基;4-(フェニル)フェニルカルボニル基がより好ましい。 In R c9 , substituted by a group selected from the group consisting of a benzoyl group; a naphthoyl group; an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a morpholin-1-yl group, a piperazin-1-yl group, and a phenyl group; benzoyl group; nitro group; optionally substituted benzofuranylcarbonyl group is preferred, benzoyl group; naphthoyl group; 2-methylphenylcarbonyl group; 4-(piperazin-1-yl)phenylcarbonyl group a 4-(phenyl)phenylcarbonyl group is more preferred.
 また、式(c5)において、n4は、0以上3以下の整数が好ましく、0以上2以下の整数がより好ましく、0、又は1であるのが特に好ましい。n4が1である場合、Rc9の結合する位置は、Rc9が結合するフェニル基が酸素原子又は硫黄原子と結合する結合手に対して、パラ位であるのが好ましい。 In formula (c5), n4 is preferably an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, more preferably an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0 or 1. When n4 is 1, the position to which R c9 is bonded is preferably para to the bond to which the phenyl group to which R c9 is bonded is bonded to an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 式(c1)及び(c2)中、Rc2としての1価の有機基は、本発明の目的を阻害しない範囲で特に限定されない。有機基としては、炭素原子含有基が好ましく、1以上の炭素原子と、H、O、S、Se、N、B、P、Si、及びハロゲン原子からなる群より選択される1以上の原子とからなる基がより好ましい。炭素原子含有基の炭素原子数は特に限定されず、1以上50以下が好ましく、1以上20以下がより好ましい。
 Rc2としての1価の有機基の好適な例としては、式(c3)中のRc5としての1価の有機基と同様の基が挙げられる。これらの基の具体例は、式(c3)中のRc5について説明した基と同様である。
 また、Rc2としてはシクロアルキルアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェノキシアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基、も好ましい。フェノキシアルキル基、及びフェニルチオアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、式(c3)中のRc5に含まれる、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びヘテロシクリル基がさらに置換基を有する場合の置換基と同様である。
In formulas (c1) and (c2), the monovalent organic group as Rc2 is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the object of the present invention. As the organic group, a carbon atom-containing group is preferable, and one or more carbon atoms and one or more atoms selected from the group consisting of H, O, S, Se, N, B, P, Si, and halogen atoms. A group consisting of is more preferred. The number of carbon atoms in the carbon atom-containing group is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more and 50 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
Preferred examples of the monovalent organic group as Rc2 include the same monovalent organic groups as Rc5 in formula (c3). Specific examples of these groups are the same as the groups described for R c5 in formula (c3).
Rc2 is also preferably a cycloalkylalkyl group, a phenoxyalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring, and a phenylthioalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring. The substituents that the phenoxyalkyl group and the phenylthioalkyl group may have are those in which the phenyl group, the naphthyl group and the heterocyclyl group contained in R c5 in the formula (c3) further have a substituent. It is the same as the base.
 有機基の中でも、Rc2としては、上記HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含む置換基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、又はシクロアルキルアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基、置換基を有していてもよいフェニル基、シクロアルキルアルキル基に含まれるシクロアルキル基の炭素原子数、シクロアルキルアルキル基に含まれるアルキレン基の炭素原子数、シクロアルキルアルキル基、芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基に含まれるアルキレン基の炭素原子数、又は芳香環上に置換基を有していてもよいフェニルチオアルキル基については、式(c3)のRc5と同様である。 Among the organic groups, R c2 is a substituent containing the group represented by the above HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a phenyl group which may have a substituent, or A cycloalkylalkyl group and a phenylthioalkyl group optionally having a substituent on the aromatic ring are preferred. Alkyl group, optionally substituted phenyl group, number of carbon atoms in cycloalkyl group contained in cycloalkylalkyl group, number of carbon atoms in alkylene group contained in cycloalkylalkyl group, cycloalkylalkyl group, aromatic Regarding the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group contained in the phenylthioalkyl group optionally having substituents on the ring, or the phenylthioalkyl group optionally having substituents on the aromatic ring, the formula (c3 ) is the same as R c5 .
 また、Rc2としては、-A-CO-O-Aで表される基も好ましい。Aは、2価の有機基であり、2価の炭化水素基であるのが好ましく、アルキレン基であるのが好ましい。Aは、1価の有機基であり、1価の炭化水素基であるのが好ましい。 As R c2 , a group represented by —A 3 —CO—OA 4 is also preferable. A3 is a divalent organic group, preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group, preferably an alkylene group. A4 is a monovalent organic group, preferably a monovalent hydrocarbon group.
 Aがアルキレン基である場合、アルキレン基は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、直鎖状が好ましい。Aがアルキレン基である場合、アルキレン基の炭素原子数は1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上6以下がより好ましく、1以上4以下が特に好ましい。 When A3 is an alkylene group, the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably linear. When A 3 is an alkylene group, the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 6 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 4 or less.
 Aの好適な例としては、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数7以上20以下のアラルキル基、及び炭素原子数6以上20以下の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。Aの好適な具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、フェニル基、ナフチル基、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、α-ナフチルメチル基、及びβ-ナフチルメチル基等が挙げられる。 Preferable examples of A 4 include an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms. Preferred specific examples of A4 include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group and n-hexyl. phenyl, naphthyl, benzyl, phenethyl, α-naphthylmethyl, and β-naphthylmethyl groups.
 -A-CO-O-Aで表される基の好適な具体例としては、2-メトキシカルボニルエチル基、2-エトキシカルボニルエチル基、2-n-プロピルオキシカルボニルエチル基、2-n-ブチルオキシカルボニルエチル基、2-n-ペンチルオキシカルボニルエチル基、2-n-ヘキシルオキシカルボニルエチル基、2-ベンジルオキシカルボニルエチル基、2-フェノキシカルボニルエチル基、3-メトキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、3-エトキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、3-n-プロピルオキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、3-n-ブチルオキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、3-n-ペンチルオキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、3-n-ヘキシルオキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、3-ベンジルオキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基、及び3-フェノキシカルボニル-n-プロピル基等が挙げられる。 Preferable specific examples of the group represented by -A 3 -CO-OA 4 include a 2-methoxycarbonylethyl group, a 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl group, a 2-n-propyloxycarbonylethyl group, a 2-n -butyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-n-pentyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-n-hexyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-benzyloxycarbonylethyl group, 2-phenoxycarbonylethyl group, 3-methoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-ethoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-n-propyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-n-butyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-n-pentyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group , 3-n-hexyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, 3-benzyloxycarbonyl-n-propyl group, and 3-phenoxycarbonyl-n-propyl group.
 また、Rc2としては、下記式(c7)又は(c8)で表される基も好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(式(c7)及び(c8)中、Rc10及びRc11は、それぞれ独立に、1価の有機基であり、
n5は0以上4以下の整数であり、
c10及びRc11がベンゼン環上の隣接する位置に存在する場合、Rc10とRc11とが互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、
c12は、1価の有機基であり、
n6は1以下8以下の整数であり、
n7は1以上5以下の整数であり、
n8は0以上(n7+3)以下の整数である。)
Moreover, as R c2 , a group represented by the following formula (c7) or (c8) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(in formulas (c7) and (c8), R c10 and R c11 are each independently a monovalent organic group,
n5 is an integer of 0 to 4,
When R c10 and R c11 are present at adjacent positions on the benzene ring, R c10 and R c11 may combine with each other to form a ring,
R c12 is a monovalent organic group,
n6 is an integer of 1 or less and 8 or less,
n7 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less,
n8 is an integer from 0 to (n7+3). )
 式(c7)中のRc10及びRc11としての有機基は、式(c4)中のRc8と同様である。Rc10としては、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルコキシ基、HXC-又はHXC-で表される基を含むハロゲン化アルキル基、アルキル基又はフェニル基が好ましい。Rc10とRc11とが結合して環を形成する場合、当該環は、芳香族環でもよく、脂肪族環でもよい。式(c7)で表される基であって、Rc10とRc11とが環を形成している基の好適な例としては、ナフタレン-1-イル基や、1,2,3,4-テトラヒドロナフタレン-5-イル基等が挙げられる。
 上記式(c7)中、n7は0以上4以下の整数であり、0又は1であるのが好ましく、0であるのがより好ましい。
The organic groups as R c10 and R c11 in formula (c7) are the same as R c8 in formula (c4). R c10 includes a halogenated alkoxy group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, a halogenated alkyl group containing a group represented by HX 2 C-- or H 2 XC--, an alkyl group, or A phenyl group is preferred. When R c10 and R c11 combine to form a ring, the ring may be either an aromatic ring or an aliphatic ring. Preferred examples of the group represented by formula (c7) in which R c10 and R c11 form a ring include naphthalen-1-yl and 1,2,3,4- A tetrahydronaphthalen-5-yl group and the like can be mentioned.
In the above formula (c7), n7 is an integer of 0 or more and 4 or less, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 上記式(c8)中、Rc12は有機基である。有機基としては、式(c4)中のRc8について説明した有機基と同様の基が挙げられる。有機基の中では、アルキル基が好ましい。アルキル基は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。アルキル基の炭素原子数は1以上10以下が好ましく、1以上5以下がより好ましく、1以上3以下が特に好ましい。Rc12としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基等が好ましく例示され、これらの中でも、メチル基であることがより好ましい。 In formula (c8) above, R c12 is an organic group. Examples of the organic group include groups similar to the organic groups described for R c8 in formula (c4). Among organic groups, alkyl groups are preferred. Alkyl groups may be straight or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more and 10 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 5 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 3 or less. R c12 is preferably exemplified by a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, etc. Among these, a methyl group is more preferable.
 上記式(c8)中、n7は1以上5以下の整数であり、1以上3以下の整数が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましい。上記式(c8)中、n8は0以上(n7+3)以下であり、0以上3以下の整数が好ましく、0以上2以下の整数がより好ましく、0が特に好ましい。
 上記式(c8)中、n6は1以上8以下の整数であり、1以上5以下の整数が好ましく、1以上3以下の整数がより好ましく、1又は2が特に好ましい。
In the above formula (c8), n7 is an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, and more preferably 1 or 2. In the formula (c8), n8 is 0 or more and (n7+3) or less, preferably an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, more preferably 0 or more and 2 or less, and particularly preferably 0.
In formula (c8), n6 is an integer of 1 or more and 8 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 5 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 3 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or 2.
 式(c2)中、Rc3は、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素原子数1以上20以下の脂肪族炭化水素基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基である。Rc3が脂肪族炭化水素基である場合に有してもよい置換基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基等が好ましく例示される。 In formula (c2), R c3 is a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted aryl group. When R c3 is an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like are preferably exemplified as the substituent which may be possessed.
 式(c1)及び(c2)中、Rc3としては、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-シクロペンチルエチル基、2-シクロブチルエチル基、シクロヘキシルメチル基、フェニル基、ベンジル基、メチルフェニル基、ナフチル基等が好ましく例示され、これらの中でも、メチル基又はフェニル基がより好ましい。 In formulas (c1) and (c2), R c3 is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-cyclopentylethyl group, a 2-cyclobutylethyl group, A cyclohexylmethyl group, a phenyl group, a benzyl group, a methylphenyl group, a naphthyl group and the like are preferably exemplified, and among these, a methyl group or a phenyl group is more preferable.
 式(c2)で表され、且つRc1として式(c3)で表される基を有する化合物の好適な具体例としては、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by formula (c2) and having a group represented by formula (c3) as R c1 include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 式(c2)で表され、且つRc1として式(c4)で表される基を有する化合物の好適な具体例としては、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by formula (c2) and having a group represented by formula (c4) as R c1 include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
 式(c2)で表され、且つRc1として式(c5)で表される基を有する化合物の好適な具体例としては、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Preferable specific examples of the compound represented by formula (c2) and having a group represented by formula (c5) as R c1 include the following compounds.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
 光重合開始剤(C)としては、感光性組成物の深部硬化性が良好である点から、フォスフィンオキサイド化合物も好ましい。フォスフィンオキサイド化合物としては、下記式(c9)で表される部分構造を含むフォスフィンオキサイド化合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 式(c9)中、Rc21及びRc22は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、炭素原子数2以上20以下の脂肪族アシル基、又は炭素原子数7以上20以下の芳香族アシル基である。ただし、Rc21及びRc22の双方が脂肪族アシル基又は芳香族アシル基ではない。
As the photopolymerization initiator (C), a phosphine oxide compound is also preferable from the viewpoint of good deep-part curability of the photosensitive composition. As the phosphine oxide compound, a phosphine oxide compound containing a partial structure represented by the following formula (c9) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
In formula (c9), R c21 and R c22 are each independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aliphatic acyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, or an aromatic group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms. group acyl groups. However, both R c21 and R c22 are not aliphatic acyl groups or aromatic acyl groups.
 Rc21及びRc22としてのアルキル基の炭素原子数は、1以上12以下が好ましく、1以上8以下がより好ましく、1以上4以下がさらに好ましい。Rc21及びRc22としてのアルキル基は、直鎖状であっても分岐鎖状であってもよい。
 アルキル基の具体例としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、tert-ペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、2,4,4,-トリメチルペンチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、及びn-ドデシル基が挙げられる。
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl groups of R c21 and R c22 is preferably 1 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, and even more preferably 1 or more and 4 or less. The alkyl groups as R c21 and R c22 may be linear or branched.
Specific examples of alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, n-pentyl, isopentyl, tert- pentyl group, n-hexyl group, n-heptyl group, n-octyl group, 2,4,4,-trimethylpentyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, and An n-dodecyl group can be mentioned.
 Rc21及びRc22としてのシクロアルキル基の炭素原子数は、5以上12以下が好ましい。シクロアルキル基の具体例としては、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘプチル基、シクロオクチル基、シクロノニル基、シクロデシル基、シクロウンデシル基、及びシクロドデシル基が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the cycloalkyl groups for R c21 and R c22 is preferably 5 or more and 12 or less. Specific examples of cycloalkyl groups include cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, cyclononyl, cyclodecyl, cycloundecyl, and cyclododecyl groups.
 Rc21及びRc22としてのアリール基の炭素原子数は、6以上12以下が好ましい。アリール基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基等が挙げられる。アリール基の具体例としては、フェニル基、及びナフチル基が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl groups of R c21 and R c22 is preferably 6 or more and 12 or less. The aryl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the like. Specific examples of aryl groups include phenyl and naphthyl groups.
 Rc21及びRc22としての脂肪族アシル基の炭素原子数は、2以上20以下であり、2以上12以下が好ましく、2以上8以下がより好ましく、2以上6以下がさらに好ましい。脂肪族アシル基は、直鎖状であっても分岐鎖状であってもよい。
 脂肪族アシル基の具体例としては、アセチル基、プロピオニル基、ブタノイル基、ペンタノイル基、ヘキサノイル基、ヘプタノイル基、オクタノイル基、ノナノイル基、デカノイル基、ウンデカノイル基、ドデカノイル基、トリデカノイル基、テトラデカノイル基、ペンタデカノイル基、ヘキサデカノイル基、ヘプタデカノイル基、オクタデカノイル基、ノナデカノイル基、及びイコサノイル基が挙げられる。
The number of carbon atoms in the aliphatic acyl groups for R c21 and R c22 is 2 or more and 20 or less, preferably 2 or more and 12 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 8 or less, and even more preferably 2 or more and 6 or less. Aliphatic acyl groups may be straight or branched.
Specific examples of aliphatic acyl groups include acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl, pentanoyl, hexanoyl, heptanoyl, octanoyl, nonanoyl, decanoyl, undecanoyl, dodecanoyl, tridecanoyl, and tetradecanoyl groups. , pentadecanoyl, hexadecanoyl, heptadecanoyl, octadecanoyl, nonadecanoyl, and icosanoyl groups.
 Rc21及びRc22としての芳香族アシル基の炭素原子数は、7以上20以下である。芳香族アシル基は置換基を有してもよい。置換基の例としては、ハロゲン原子、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基等が挙げられる。芳香族アシル基の具体例としては、ベンゾイル基、o-トリル基、m-トリル基、p-トリル基、2,6-ジメチルベンゾイル基、2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル基、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル基、α-ナフトイル基、及びβ-ナフトイル基が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aromatic acyl groups for R c21 and R c22 is 7 or more and 20 or less. The aromatic acyl group may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms, alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, alkoxy groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the like. Specific examples of aromatic acyl groups include benzoyl, o-tolyl, m-tolyl, p-tolyl, 2,6-dimethylbenzoyl, 2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl, 2,4,6- Trimethylbenzoyl, α-naphthoyl, and β-naphthoyl groups are included.
 式(c9)で表される構造部分を含むフォスフィンオキサイド化合物の好ましい具体例としては、2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、ビス(2,4,6-トリメチルベンゾイル)フェニルフォスフィンオキサイド、及びビス(2,6-ジメトキシベンゾイル)-2,4,4-トリメチル-ペンチルフォスフィンオキサイド等が挙げられる。
 感光性組成物の深部硬化性の観点からは、式(c9)で表される構造部分を含むフォスフィンオキサイド化合物は、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオフェノンのようなα-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン系の開始剤とともに使用されるのも好ましい。
 式(c9)で表される構造部分を含むフォスフィンオキサイド化合物と、2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオフェノンのようなα-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン系の開始剤とを併用する場合、両者の質量の合計に対する、式(c9)で表される構造部分を含むフォスフィンオキサイド化合物の質量の比率は、20質量%以上80質量%以下が好ましく、30質量%以上70質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以上60質量%以下がさらに好ましい。
Preferable specific examples of the phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide and bis(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phenylphosphine. oxide, and bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl)-2,4,4-trimethyl-pentylphosphine oxide.
From the viewpoint of deep-part curability of the photosensitive composition, the phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) is an α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based compound such as 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone. is also preferably used with an initiator of
When a phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) and an α-hydroxyalkylphenone-based initiator such as 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropiophenone are used in combination, the mass of both The mass ratio of the phosphine oxide compound containing the structural moiety represented by formula (c9) to the total is preferably 20% by mass or more and 80% by mass or less, more preferably 30% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, and 40% by mass. % or more and 60 mass % or less is more preferable.
 光重合開始剤(C)の含有量は、後述する有機溶剤(S)の質量を除いた感光性組成物の質量(固形分全体)に対して0.5質量%以上30質量%以下であることが好ましく、1質量%以上20質量%以下であることがより好ましい。光重合開始剤(C)の含有量を上記の範囲とすることにより、硬化性が良好であり、パターン形状の不良が生じにくい感光性組成物を得ることができる。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) is 0.5% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less with respect to the mass of the photosensitive composition (total solid content) excluding the mass of the organic solvent (S) described later. is preferable, and more preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less. By setting the content of the photopolymerization initiator (C) within the above range, it is possible to obtain a photosensitive composition that has good curability and is less likely to cause defects in pattern shape.
 光重合開始剤(C)に、光開始助剤を組み合わせてもよい。光開始助剤としては、トリエタノールアミン、メチルジエタノールアミン、トリイソプロパノールアミン、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸メチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、4-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸2-エチルヘキシル、安息香酸2-ジメチルアミノエチル、N,N-ジメチルパラトルイジン、4,4’-ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン、9,10-ジメトキシアントラセン、2-エチル-9,10-ジメトキシアントラセン、9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、2-エチル-9,10-ジエトキシアントラセン、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾオキサゾール、2-メルカプトベンゾイミダゾール、2-メルカプト-5-メトキシベンゾチアゾール、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸、3-メルカプトプロピオン酸メチル、ペンタエリストールテトラメルカプトアセテート、3-メルカプトプロピオネート等のチオール化合物等が挙げられる。これらの光開始助剤は、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。 A photoinitiator aid may be combined with the photopolymerization initiator (C). Photoinitiation aids include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 4-dimethylaminobenzoate 2- ethylhexyl, 2-dimethylaminoethyl benzoate, N,N-dimethylp-toluidine, 4,4'-bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone, 9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 9, 10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, 2-mercaptobenzoxazole, 2-mercaptobenzimidazole, 2-mercapto-5-methoxybenzothiazole, 3-mercaptopropione thiol compounds such as acids, methyl 3-mercaptopropionate, pentaerythritol tetramercaptoacetate, and 3-mercaptopropionate; These photoinitiators can be used singly or in combination of two or more.
<シランカップリング剤(D)>
 感光性組成物は、シランカップリング剤(D)を含む。
 シランカップリング剤(D)は、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を含む。
<Silane coupling agent (D)>
The photosensitive composition contains a silane coupling agent (D).
The silane coupling agent (D) contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
 感光性組成物は、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を、上記の化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物とともに含むことにより、露光後の加熱処理(ポストベーク)を低温(例えば、110℃以下、好ましくは100℃以下)で行っても、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成できる。 The photosensitive composition contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group together with the reaction product of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2), so that after exposure Even if the heat treatment (post-baking) of (1) is performed at a low temperature (for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower), a finely patterned cured product having excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
 他方、感光性組成物が、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を含まず、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)以外のシランカップリング剤(例えば、エポキシ基含有基を有しラジカル重合性基を有さないシランカップリング剤)を含む場合は、露光後の加熱処理を低温で行うと、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成し難い。例えば、微細にパターニングされた硬化物を形成した場合、基板への密着性に劣る。 On the other hand, the photosensitive composition does not contain a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, and a silane coupling agent other than the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group (e.g. , a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group-containing group and not having a radically polymerizable group), when the heat treatment after exposure is performed at a low temperature, fine patterning and excellent adhesion to the substrate can be cured. It is difficult to form things. For example, when a finely patterned cured product is formed, the adhesiveness to the substrate is poor.
 シランカップリング剤(D1)が有するラジカル重合性基含有基としては、典型的には、エチレン性不飽和二重結合を含有する基が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和二重結合含有基(エチレン性不飽和二重結合を含有する基)としては、ビニル基、及びアリル基等のアルケニル基を含むアルケニル基含有基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がさらに好ましい。
 なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリロイルは、アクリロイル、及びメタクリロイルの双方を意味し、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシは、アクリロイルオキシ、及びメタクリロイルオキシの双方を意味し、(メタ)アクリルは、アクリル、及びメタクリルの双方を意味し、(メタ)アクリレートは、アクリレート、及びメタクリレートの双方を意味する。
The radically polymerizable group-containing group possessed by the silane coupling agent (D1) typically includes a group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond. The ethylenically unsaturated double bond-containing group (group containing an ethylenically unsaturated double bond) is preferably an alkenyl group-containing group containing an alkenyl group such as a vinyl group and an allyl group, and a (meth)acryloyl group-containing group. groups are more preferred, and (meth)acryloyloxy groups are even more preferred.
In the present specification, (meth)acryloyl means both acryloyl and methacryloyl, (meth)acryloyloxy means both acryloyloxy and methacryloyloxy, (meth)acryl means acryl, and methacrylate, and (meth)acrylate means both acrylate and methacrylate.
 ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)としては、例えば下記式(d1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
-Rd1-Si(Rd2dm(ORd3(3-dm)  (d1)
(式(d1)中、Xはラジカル重合性基含有基であり、Rd1はアルキレン基又は単結合であり、Rd2はケイ素原子にC-Si結合により結合する1価の有機基であり、Rd3はアルキル基であり、dmは0以上2以下の整数である。)
Examples of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group include compounds represented by the following formula (d1).
X d -R d1 -Si(R d2 ) dm (OR d3 ) (3-dm) (d1)
(In formula (d1), X d is a radically polymerizable group-containing group, R d1 is an alkylene group or a single bond, and R d2 is a monovalent organic group bonded to a silicon atom via a C—Si bond. , R d3 is an alkyl group, and dm is an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less.)
 式(d1)中、Xはラジカル重合性基含有基であり、ラジカル重合性基含有基としては、エチレン性不飽和二重結合含有基挙げられ、ビニル基、及びアリル基等のアルケニル基を含むアルケニル基含有基が好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有基がより好ましく、(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基がさらに好ましい。 In formula (d1), X d is a radically polymerizable group-containing group, and examples of the radically polymerizable group-containing group include ethylenically unsaturated double bond-containing groups, vinyl groups, and alkenyl groups such as allyl groups. is preferably an alkenyl group-containing group, more preferably a (meth)acryloyl group-containing group, and even more preferably a (meth)acryloyloxy group.
 式(d1)中、Rd1はアルキレン基又は単結合であり、アルキレン基としては、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキレン基が挙げられる。当該アルキレン基の炭素原子数は1以上8以下が好ましく、1以上7以下がより好ましく、1以上6以下が特に好ましい。
 Rd1の好適な具体例としては、メチレン基、エタン-1,2-ジイル基、プロパン-1,3-ジイル基や、ブタン-1,4-ジイル基が挙げられる。
In formula (d1), R d1 is an alkylene group or a single bond, and examples of the alkylene group include alkylene groups having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 1 or more and 7 or less, and particularly preferably 1 or more and 6 or less.
Preferred specific examples of R d1 include a methylene group, an ethane-1,2-diyl group, a propane-1,3-diyl group and a butane-1,4-diyl group.
 式(d1)中、Rd2はケイ素原子にC-Si結合により結合する1価の有機基であり、当該有機基の好適な例としては、炭化水素基等が挙げられる。炭化水素基の炭素原子数は1以上20以下が好ましい。
 炭化水素基の中でも、鎖状又は環状のアルキル基、芳香族炭化水素基又はアラルキル基であることがより好ましい。
 鎖状又は環状のアルキル基としては、炭素原子数1以上12以下の鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、シクロヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、シクロオクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、n-ドデシル基等が挙げられ、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
 芳香族炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1以上12以下の芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられ、具体的には、フェニル基、2-メチルフェニル基、3-メチルフェニル基、4-メチルフェニル基、2-エチルフェニル基、3-エチルフェニル基、4-エチルフェニル基、α-ナフチル基、β-ナフチル基、ビフェニリル基等が挙げられる。
 アラルキル基としては、炭素原子数1以上12以下のアラルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、α-ナフチルメチル基、β-ナフチルメチル基、2-α-ナフチルエチル基、及び2-β-ナフチルエチル基が挙げられる。
 Rd2についての、ケイ素原子にC-Si結合により結合する1価の有機基としては、メチル基又はエチル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。
In formula (d1), R d2 is a monovalent organic group bonded to a silicon atom via a C—Si bond, and suitable examples of the organic group include hydrocarbon groups. The number of carbon atoms in the hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 or more and 20 or less.
Among hydrocarbon groups, chain or cyclic alkyl groups, aromatic hydrocarbon groups or aralkyl groups are more preferred.
Examples of the chain or cyclic alkyl group include chain or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n- butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, cyclopentyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, n-heptyl group, cycloheptyl group, n-octyl group, cyclooctyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group, etc., preferably methyl group or ethyl group, more preferably methyl group.
Examples of the aromatic hydrocarbon group include aromatic hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically phenyl group, 2-methylphenyl group, 3-methylphenyl group and 4-methylphenyl group. , 2-ethylphenyl group, 3-ethylphenyl group, 4-ethylphenyl group, α-naphthyl group, β-naphthyl group, biphenylyl group and the like.
The aralkyl group includes an aralkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, an α-naphthylmethyl group, a β-naphthylmethyl group, a 2-α-naphthylethyl group, and 2-β-naphthylethyl groups.
The monovalent organic group bonded to the silicon atom via a C—Si bond for R d2 is preferably a methyl group or an ethyl group, more preferably a methyl group.
 式(d1)中、Rd3はアルキル基であり、アルキル基としては、炭素原子数1以上12以下の鎖状又は環状のアルキル基が挙げられ、具体的には、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、イソブチル基、tert-ブチル基、n-ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、n-ヘキシル基、シクロヘキシル基、n-ヘプチル基、シクロヘプチル基、n-オクチル基、シクロオクチル基、n-ノニル基、n-デシル基、n-ウンデシル基、n-ドデシル基等が挙げられる。 In formula (d1), R d3 is an alkyl group, and examples of the alkyl group include chain or cyclic alkyl groups having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, specifically, methyl group, ethyl group, n -propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, isobutyl group, tert-butyl group, n-pentyl group, isopentyl group, neopentyl group, cyclopentyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, n-heptyl group, cycloheptyl group, n-octyl group, cyclooctyl group, n-nonyl group, n-decyl group, n-undecyl group, n-dodecyl group and the like.
 式(d1)中、dmは0以上2以下の整数であり、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。 In formula (d1), dm is an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less, preferably 0 or 1, more preferably 0.
 ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)の好適な具体例としては、ビニルトリメトキシラン、ビニルトリエトキシシラン、アリルトリメトキシシラン、アリルトリエトキシシラン、1-ヘキセニルトリメトキシシラン、1-ヘキセニルトリエトキシシラン、1-オクテニルトリメトキシシラン、及び1-オクテニルトリエトキシシラン等のアルケニルトリアルコキシラン;2-アクリロイルオキシエチルトリメトキシラン、2-アクリロイルオキシエチルトリエトキシシラン、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルトリメトキシラン、2-メタクリロイルオキシエチルトリエトキシシラン、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、4-アクリロイルオキシブチルトリメトキシシラン、4-アクリロイルオキシブチルトリエトキシシラン、4-メタクリロイルオキシブチルトリメトキシシラン、及び4-メタクリロイルオキシブチルトリエトキシシラン等の(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキルトリアルコキシシランが挙げられる。
 これらの中では、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、3-アクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシラン、3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリメトキシシラン、及び3-メタクリロイルオキシプロピルトリエトキシシランが好ましい。
Preferable specific examples of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group include vinyltrimethoxysilane, vinyltriethoxysilane, allyltrimethoxysilane, allyltriethoxysilane, 1-hexenyltrimethoxysilane, alkenyltrialkoxysilanes such as 1-hexenyltriethoxysilane, 1-octenyltrimethoxysilane, and 1-octenyltriethoxysilane; 2-acryloyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-acryloyloxyethyltriethoxysilane, 2- methacryloyloxyethyltrimethoxysilane, 2-methacryloyloxyethyltriethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane (meth)acryloyloxyalkyltrialkoxysilanes such as silane, 4-acryloyloxybutyltrimethoxysilane, 4-acryloyloxybutyltriethoxysilane, 4-methacryloyloxybutyltrimethoxysilane, and 4-methacryloyloxybutyltriethoxysilane; mentioned.
Among these, 3-acryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, 3-acryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane, 3-methacryloyloxypropyltrimethoxysilane, and 3-methacryloyloxypropyltriethoxysilane are preferred.
 シランカップリング剤(D)は、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)以外のシランカップリング剤を含んでいてもよいが、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)以外のシランカップリング剤を含まないことが好ましい。
 シランカップリング剤(D)中のラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)の質量の比率は、50質量%以上が好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上がさらに好ましく、100質量%が特に好ましい。
The silane coupling agent (D) may contain a silane coupling agent other than the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, but a silane coupling agent having a radically polymerizable group-containing group It is preferable not to contain a silane coupling agent other than (D1).
The mass ratio of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group in the silane coupling agent (D) is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, and 90% by mass or more. More preferably, 100% by mass is particularly preferable.
 ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)の含有量は、後述する有機溶剤(S)の質量を除いた感光性組成物の質量(固形分全体)に対して0.1質量%以上30質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量%以上20質量%以下であることがより好ましく、1質量%以上10質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。 The content of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group is 0.1 mass with respect to the mass of the photosensitive composition (total solid content) excluding the mass of the organic solvent (S) described later. % or more and 30 mass % or less, more preferably 0.5 mass % or more and 20 mass % or less, and particularly preferably 1 mass % or more and 10 mass % or less.
<有機溶剤(S)>
 感光性組成物は、希釈のための有機溶剤(S)を含有することが好ましい。有機溶剤(S)としては、例えば、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコール-n-プロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-プロピルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールモノ-n-ブチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリプロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル等の(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート等の(ポリ)アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類;ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン等の他のエーテル類;メチルエチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、3-ヘプタノン等のケトン類;2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル等の乳酸アルキルエステル類;2-ヒドロキシ-2-メチルプロピオン酸エチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、ヒドロキシ酢酸エチル、2-ヒドロキシ-3-メチルブタン酸メチル、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルプロピオネート、酢酸エチル、酢酸n-プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸n-ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、蟻酸n-ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、プロピオン酸n-ブチル、酪酸エチル、酪酸n-プロピル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸n-ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸n-プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、2-オキソブタン酸エチル等の他のエステル類;トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類;N-メチルピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド等のアミド類等が挙げられる。
<Organic solvent (S)>
The photosensitive composition preferably contains an organic solvent (S) for dilution. Examples of the organic solvent (S) include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol-n-propyl ether, ethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, and diethylene glycol mono-n. - propyl ether, diethylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, triethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, propylene glycol mono-n- Butyl ether, dipropylene glycol monomethyl ether, dipropylene glycol monoethyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-propyl ether, dipropylene glycol mono-n-butyl ether, tripropylene glycol monomethyl ether, tripropylene glycol monoethyl ether (poly ) Alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers; (poly)alkylenes such as ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate glycol monoalkyl ether acetates; diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, other ethers such as tetrahydrofuran; ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone; methyl 2-hydroxypropionate, Lactic acid alkyl esters such as ethyl 2-hydroxypropionate; ethyl 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropionate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethoxypropionic acid ethyl, ethyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl hydroxyacetate, methyl 2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutylpropionate, ethyl acetate , n-propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, n-pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, n-butyl propionate, ethyl butyrate, n-propyl butyrate, isopropyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, methyl pyruvate , ethyl pyruvate, n-propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, ethyl 2-oxobutanoate and other esters; aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene; N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N -Amide such as dimethylformamide and N,N-dimethylacetamide.
 これらの中でも、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル類、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、上述した他のエーテル類、乳酸アルキルエステル類、上述した他のエステル類が好ましく、アルキレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルアセテート類、上述した他のエーテル類、上述した他のエステル類がより好ましい。これらの溶剤は、単独又は2種以上組み合わせて用いることができる。
 有機溶剤(S)の含有量は、感光性組成物の固形分濃度が1質量%以上60質量%以下となる量が好ましく、5質量%以上50質量%以下となる量がより好ましい。
Among these, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ethers, alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, other ethers described above, lactic acid alkyl esters, and other esters described above are preferable, and alkylene glycol monoalkyl ether acetates, the above More preferred are other ethers, other esters as described above. These solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
The content of the organic solvent (S) is preferably such that the solid concentration of the photosensitive composition is 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less.
<その他の成分>
 感光性組成物は、必要に応じて、各種の添加剤を含有していてもよい。添加剤としては、増感剤、硬化促進剤、充填剤、分散剤等の密着促進剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤、熱重合禁止剤等の重合禁止剤、消泡剤、界面活性剤、染料や顔料等の着色剤等が挙げられる。
<Other ingredients>
The photosensitive composition may contain various additives as required. Additives include sensitizers, curing accelerators, fillers, adhesion promoters such as dispersants, antioxidants, aggregation inhibitors, polymerization inhibitors such as thermal polymerization inhibitors, antifoaming agents, surfactants, Coloring agents such as dyes and pigments are included.
 界面活性剤としては、例えば、フッ素系界面活性剤、シリコン系界面活性剤、非イオン系界面活性剤が挙げられ、好ましくはシリコン系界面活性剤である。シリコン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、ポリエーテル変性ポリシロキサンが挙げられ、より具体的な例としては、ポリエーテル変性ポリジメチルシロキサンが挙げられる。 Examples of surfactants include fluorine-based surfactants, silicon-based surfactants, and nonionic surfactants, preferably silicon-based surfactants. Examples of silicone-based surfactants include polyether-modified polysiloxane, and more specific examples include polyether-modified polydimethylsiloxane.
 界面活性剤の含有量は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)100質量部を基準として、例えば0.01~5質量部であり、0.02~1質量部、又は0.05~0.1質量部であることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant is, for example, 0.01 to 5 parts by weight, 0.02 to 1 part by weight, or 0.05 to 0.1 parts by weight, based on 100 parts by weight of the alkali-soluble resin (A). is preferred.
 重合禁止剤としては、フェノール系重合禁止剤が挙げられ、例えば、下記式で表される化合物が挙げられる。なお、重合禁止剤は、光重合性モノマー(B)の容器経時変化(ゲル化)を抑制するために用いられる。 Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include phenol-based polymerization inhibitors, such as compounds represented by the following formula. In addition, the polymerization inhibitor is used to suppress the change (gelation) of the photopolymerizable monomer (B) in the container over time.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
<感光性組成物の調製方法>
 感光性組成物は、上記の各成分を撹拌機で混合することにより調製される。なお、調製された感光性組成物が均一となるよう、メンブランフィルタ等を用いて濾過してもよい。
<Method for preparing photosensitive composition>
The photosensitive composition is prepared by mixing the above components with a stirrer. In addition, you may filter using a membrane filter etc. so that the prepared photosensitive composition may be uniform.
≪硬化膜の製造方法≫
 前述の感光性組成物を露光することにより硬化物が得られる。当該硬化物の形態は特に限定されないが、硬化膜であるのが好ましい。
 典型的な硬化膜の製造方法としては、
 基板上に前述の感光性組成物を塗布して塗布膜を形成することと、
 塗布膜を露光することと、を含む方法が挙げられる。
<<Method for producing cured film>>
A cured product is obtained by exposing the photosensitive composition described above. Although the form of the cured product is not particularly limited, it is preferably a cured film.
As a typical method for producing a cured film,
Forming a coating film by applying the aforementioned photosensitive composition onto a substrate;
and exposing the coating film.
 また、塗布膜に対して位置選択的な露光を行い、露光された塗布膜を現像液により現像することにより、所望する形状にパターニングされた硬化膜(パターン化された硬化膜)を得ることができる。 Alternatively, a cured film patterned into a desired shape (patterned cured film) can be obtained by subjecting the coating film to position-selective exposure and developing the exposed coating film with a developer. can.
 露光された塗布膜の現像を行わない場合には、露光された前記塗布膜に対して加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行い、露光された塗布膜の現像を行う場合には、現像された塗布膜に対して加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行う。
 前述の感光性組成物は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)として所定の要件を満たす反応物(A-I)を含み、且つ、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を含むため、露光後の加熱処理(ポストベーク)を低温(例えば、110℃以下、好ましくは100℃以下)で行っても、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化膜を形成できる。勿論、露光後の加熱処理(ポストベーク)を高温(例えば、110℃超)で行っても、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化膜を形成できる。
When the exposed coating film is not developed, heat treatment (post-baking) is performed on the exposed coating film, and when the exposed coating film is developed, the developed coating film is subjected to heat treatment (post-baking).
The above-mentioned photosensitive composition contains a reactant (AI) that satisfies predetermined requirements as an alkali-soluble resin (A), and contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group. Even if the post-exposure heat treatment (post-baking) is performed at a low temperature (for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower), a finely patterned cured film having excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed. Of course, even if the post-exposure heat treatment (post-baking) is performed at a high temperature (for example, over 110° C.), a finely patterned cured film with excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed.
 感光性組成物を基板上に塗布する方法としては、ロールコーター、リバースコーター、バーコーター等の接触転写型塗布装置やスピンナー(回転式塗布装置)、カーテンフローコーター等の非接触型塗布装置を用いる方法が挙げられる。感光性組成物の塗布後、必要に応じて、乾燥により塗布膜から有機溶剤等が除去される。 As a method for applying the photosensitive composition onto a substrate, a contact transfer coating device such as a roll coater, a reverse coater and a bar coater, or a non-contact coating device such as a spinner (rotary coating device) and a curtain flow coater is used. method. After coating the photosensitive composition, if necessary, the organic solvent and the like are removed from the coated film by drying.
 次いで、塗布膜に対して、g線(436nm)、h線(405nm)、及び/又はi線(365nm)を含む光(例えば、ブロードバンド光)や、紫外線、エキシマレーザー光等の活性エネルギー線を照射して露光を行う。露光には、高圧水銀灯、超高圧水銀灯、キセノンランプ、カーボンアーク灯等の紫外線を発する光源を用いることができる。露光量は感光性組成物の組成によっても異なるが、例えば20mJ/cm以上500mJ/cm以下であり、20mJ/cm以上100mJ/cm以下程度が好ましい。
 位置選択的な露光を行う場合、所望するパターンを有するネガ型のマスクを介して露光が行われる。
Then, the coating film is irradiated with light (e.g., broadband light) containing g-line (436 nm), h-line (405 nm), and/or i-line (365 nm), ultraviolet rays, active energy rays such as excimer laser light, etc. Exposure is performed by irradiation. For exposure, a light source that emits ultraviolet rays, such as a high-pressure mercury lamp, an extra-high pressure mercury lamp, a xenon lamp, or a carbon arc lamp, can be used. Although the exposure amount varies depending on the composition of the photosensitive composition, it is, for example, 20 mJ/cm 2 or more and 500 mJ/cm 2 or less, preferably about 20 mJ/cm 2 or more and 100 mJ/cm 2 or less.
When performing position-selective exposure, exposure is performed through a negative mask having a desired pattern.
 塗布膜に対して位置選択的な露光を行った場合、露光された塗布膜を現像液で現像する。現像方法は特に限定されず、浸漬法、スプレー法等を用いることができる。現像液の具体例としては、モノエタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン等の有機系の現像液や、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、アンモニア、4級アンモニウム塩等の水溶液が挙げられる。 When the coating film is subjected to position-selective exposure, the exposed coating film is developed with a developer. The development method is not particularly limited, and an immersion method, a spray method, or the like can be used. Specific examples of the developer include organic developers such as monoethanolamine, diethanolamine, and triethanolamine, and aqueous solutions such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, sodium carbonate, ammonia, and quaternary ammonium salts.
 その後、現像によりパターニングされた硬化膜や露光後の硬化膜に対して、好ましくは低温(例えば、110℃以下、好ましくは100℃以下)で加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行う。
 加熱処理(ポストベーク)後に、さらに露光してもよい。露光に用いる活性エネルギー線、露光装置や、露光量等は、上記と同様である。
Thereafter, the cured film patterned by development or the cured film after exposure is preferably subjected to heat treatment (post-baking) at a low temperature (for example, 110° C. or lower, preferably 100° C. or lower).
Further exposure may be performed after heat treatment (post-baking). The active energy ray, the exposure apparatus, the amount of exposure, and the like used for exposure are the same as those described above.
 以下、実施例を示して本発明をさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明の範囲は、これらの実施例に限定されない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to Examples, but the scope of the present invention is not limited to these Examples.
〔調製例1〕化合物A-1-1(式(a-1)で表される化合物(A-1))の合成
 化合物A-1-1は、以下の調製例1で得た樹脂である。
 まず、500ml四つ口フラスコ中に、ビスフェノールフルオレン型エポキシ樹脂(エポキシ当量235)235g、テトラメチルアンモニウムクロライド110mg、2,6-ジ-tert-ブチル-4-メチルフェノール100mg、及びアクリル酸72.0gを仕込み、これに25ml/分の速度で空気を吹き込みながら90℃以上100℃以下の温度で加熱溶解した。次に、溶液が白濁した状態のまま徐々に昇温し、120℃に加熱して完全溶解させた。この際、溶液は次第に透明粘稠になったが、そのまま撹拌を継続した。この間、酸価を測定し、1.0mgKOH/g未満になるまで加熱撹拌を続けた。酸価が目標値に達するまでに12時間を要した。そして室温まで冷却し、無色透明で固体状の下記式で表されるビスフェノールフルオレン型エポキシアクリレートを得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
[Preparation Example 1] Synthesis of Compound A-1-1 (Compound (A-1) Represented by Formula (a-1)) Compound A-1-1 is a resin obtained in Preparation Example 1 below. .
First, 235 g of a bisphenol fluorene type epoxy resin (epoxy equivalent: 235), 110 mg of tetramethylammonium chloride, 100 mg of 2,6-di-tert-butyl-4-methylphenol, and 72.0 g of acrylic acid were placed in a 500 ml four-necked flask. was charged, and heated and dissolved at a temperature of 90° C. or more and 100° C. or less while blowing air into it at a rate of 25 ml/min. Next, the solution was gradually heated to 120° C. while the solution was still cloudy and dissolved completely. At this time, the solution gradually became transparent and viscous, but the stirring was continued. During this time, the acid value was measured, and heating and stirring were continued until it became less than 1.0 mgKOH/g. It took 12 hours for the acid value to reach the target value. Then, it was cooled to room temperature to obtain a colorless and transparent solid bisphenol fluorene type epoxy acrylate represented by the following formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 次いで、このようにして得られた上記のビスフェノールフルオレン型エポキシアクリレート307.0gに3-メトキシブチルアセテート600gを加えて溶解した後、ピロメリット酸二無水物77.2g及び臭化テトラエチルアンモニウム1gを混合し、徐々に昇温して110℃以上115℃以下の温度で4時間反応させた。酸無水物基の消失を確認した後、1,2,3,6-テトラヒドロ無水フタル酸38.0gを混合し、90℃で6時間反応させ、化合物A-1-1を得た。酸無水物基の消失はIRスペクトルにより確認した。 Next, 600 g of 3-methoxybutyl acetate was added to 307.0 g of the bisphenol fluorene type epoxy acrylate thus obtained and dissolved, and then 77.2 g of pyromellitic dianhydride and 1 g of tetraethylammonium bromide were mixed. Then, the temperature was gradually raised to 110° C. or higher and 115° C. or lower, and the reaction was carried out for 4 hours. After confirming the disappearance of the acid anhydride group, 38.0 g of 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride was mixed and reacted at 90° C. for 6 hours to obtain compound A-1-1. Disappearance of acid anhydride groups was confirmed by IR spectrum.
〔調整例2〕樹脂A1(式(a-1)で表される化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物(A-I))の合成
 調製例1で得た化合物A-1-1(重量平均分子量(Mw):2000、Mw/Mn:2.0)をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルモノアセテート中に溶解させた溶液86.8g(化合物A-1-1の濃度54.7質量%)と、2.5gの下記構造のエポキシ化合物A-2-1と、10.7gのプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルモノアセテートとを混合して、室温で6時間両者を反応させた。その結果、化合物A-1-1とエポキシ化合物A-2-1との反応物を、濃度50質量%で含む溶液を得た。反応物(樹脂A1)の重量平均分子量(Mw)は9800であり、Mw/Mnは7.8であった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
[Preparation Example 2] Synthesis of resin A1 (reaction product (AI) of compound (A-1) represented by formula (a-1) and epoxy compound (A-2)) obtained in Preparation Example 1 86.8 g of a solution of compound A-1-1 (weight average molecular weight (Mw): 2000, Mw/Mn: 2.0) dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether monoacetate (concentration of compound A-1-1: 54 .7% by mass), 2.5 g of epoxy compound A-2-1 having the following structure, and 10.7 g of propylene glycol monomethyl ether monoacetate were mixed, and the two were reacted at room temperature for 6 hours. As a result, a solution containing a reaction product of compound A-1-1 and epoxy compound A-2-1 at a concentration of 50% by mass was obtained. The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the reactant (resin A1) was 9800, and Mw/Mn was 7.8.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
〔実施例1〕
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)としての調製例2で得た反応物(樹脂A1)を73.0質量部と、光重合性モノマー(B)としてのジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(B1)を18.3質量部と、光重合開始剤(C)としての下記構造のC1及びC2をそれぞれ2.7質量部(合計5.4質量部)と、シランカップリング剤(D)としての下記構造のD1を2.7質量部と、下記構造のE1(重合禁止剤)を0.5質量部と、BYK-310(ビックケミー社製、界面活性剤)を0.1質量部とを、固形分濃度45質量%となるようにプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PM)に溶解させて、感光性組成物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
[Example 1]
73.0 parts by mass of the reaction product (resin A1) obtained in Preparation Example 2 as the alkali-soluble resin (A) and 18.3 parts by mass of dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (B1) as the photopolymerizable monomer (B) and 2.7 parts by mass (5.4 parts by mass in total) of C1 and C2 having the following structure as the photopolymerization initiator (C), and 2 parts of D1 having the following structure as the silane coupling agent (D). .7 parts by mass, 0.5 parts by mass of E1 (polymerization inhibitor) having the following structure, and 0.1 part by mass of BYK-310 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie, surfactant), with a solid content concentration of 45% by mass was dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PM) to obtain a photosensitive composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
〔比較例1〕
 シランカップリング剤(D)として、D1の代わりに、上記構造のD2を用いたことの他は、実施例1と同様にして、感光性組成物を得た。
[Comparative Example 1]
A photosensitive composition was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1, except that D2 having the above structure was used as the silane coupling agent (D) instead of D1.
〔比較例2〕
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)として、調製例2で得た反応物(樹脂A1)の代わりに、調製例1で得た化合物A-1-1を用いたことの他は、実施例1と同様にして、感光性組成物を得た。
[Comparative Example 2]
Example 1 was repeated except that the compound A-1-1 obtained in Preparation Example 1 was used as the alkali-soluble resin (A) instead of the reactant (resin A1) obtained in Preparation Example 2. to obtain a photosensitive composition.
<透過率>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた感光組成物を、ガラス基板(コーニング社製EAGLEXG、100mm×100mm×0.7mm)上にスピンコーターにより塗布した後、ガラス基板上の感光性組成物を70℃で120秒間加熱して、厚さ8.0μmの塗布膜を形成した。形成された塗布膜を、100mJ/cmの露光量で全面露光した。露光後の塗布膜を、100℃で20分間加熱(ポストベーク)して感光性組成物の硬化膜を得た。
 得られた硬化膜について、光線透過率(%)(波長400nm)を、MCPD-3700(大塚電子社製)により測定した。結果を表1に示す。
<Transmittance>
After coating the photosensitive compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples on a glass substrate (EAGLEXG manufactured by Corning, 100 mm × 100 mm × 0.7 mm) by a spin coater, the photosensitive composition on the glass substrate was heated to 70°C. was heated for 120 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 8.0 μm. The entire surface of the formed coating film was exposed with an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 . The coated film after exposure was heated (post-baked) at 100° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a cured film of the photosensitive composition.
The light transmittance (%) (wavelength: 400 nm) of the resulting cured film was measured using MCPD-3700 (manufactured by Otsuka Electronics Co., Ltd.). Table 1 shows the results.
<耐薬品性>
 実施例及び比較例で得られた感光組成物を、ガラス基板(コーニング社製EAGLEXG、100mm×100mm×0.7mm)上にスピンコーターにより塗布した後、ガラス基板上の感光性組成物を70℃で120秒間加熱して、厚さ8.0μmの塗布膜を形成した。形成された塗布膜を、紫外線照射装置(HMW-532D、ORC社製)を用い、g,h,i線混合光を、100mJ/cmの露光量で全面露光した。露光された塗布膜に対して、濃度2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液を滴下した後に60秒間静置するパドル現像を行った。現像された塗布膜を、100℃で20分間加熱(ポストベーク)して、感光性組成物の硬化膜を得た。
 得られた硬化膜を室温(23℃)でプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートに5分間浸漬させた。浸漬前後の硬化膜の膜厚を測定し、浸漬後の膜厚の浸漬前の膜厚に対する比率である残膜率を算出した。
 残膜率が、99%以上の場合を○評価、97%超99%未満の場合を△評価、97%以下の場合を×評価とした。結果を表1に示す。
<Chemical resistance>
After coating the photosensitive compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples on a glass substrate (EAGLEXG manufactured by Corning, 100 mm × 100 mm × 0.7 mm) by a spin coater, the photosensitive composition on the glass substrate was heated to 70°C. was heated for 120 seconds to form a coating film having a thickness of 8.0 μm. The entire surface of the formed coating film was exposed to mixed light of g, h, and i lines at an exposure amount of 100 mJ/cm 2 using an ultraviolet irradiation device (HMW-532D, manufactured by ORC). Puddle development was performed by dropping an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) having a concentration of 2.38% by mass onto the exposed coating film, and then allowing the film to stand still for 60 seconds. The developed coating film was heated (post-baked) at 100° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a cured film of the photosensitive composition.
The resulting cured film was immersed in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at room temperature (23° C.) for 5 minutes. The film thickness of the cured film before and after immersion was measured, and the residual film ratio, which is the ratio of the film thickness after immersion to the film thickness before immersion, was calculated.
A film remaining rate of 99% or more was evaluated as ◯, a case of more than 97% and less than 99% was evaluated as Δ, and a case of 97% or less was evaluated as x. Table 1 shows the results.
<細線密着性>細線パターンの基板密着性
 実施例及び比較例で得られた感光組成物を、ガラス基板(コーニング社製EAGLEXG、100mm×100mm×0.7mm)上にスピンコーターにより塗布した後、ガラス基板上の感光性組成物を70℃で120秒間加熱して、厚さ8.0μmの塗布膜を形成した。形成された塗布膜に、露光ギャップを50μmとして、8μm~20μmの範囲において幅を8μmから1μmずつ変化させた13種のラインを備えるラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されるように設計されたネガマスクを介して、プロキシミティ露光装置(製品名:TME-150RTO、株式会社トプコン製)を用い、g,h,i線混合光を照射(露光)した。露光量は20mJ/cmとした。露光された塗布膜に対して、濃度2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)水溶液を滴下した後に60秒間静置するパドル現像を行った。現像された塗布膜を、100℃で20分間加熱(ポストベーク)して、感光性組成物のパターン化された硬化膜(レジストパターン)を得た。
 得られた硬化膜を、光学顕微鏡で観察し、剥がれが生じずラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されていた最小幅(μm)を、表1の「最小幅」欄に記載する。
 また、幅10μmのラインアンドスペースパターンにおいてもライン部に剥がれが観察されない場合を〇評価とし、幅10μmのラインアンドスペースパターンでライン部に剥がれが観察された場合を×評価とした。なお、剥がれは現像により生じたものである。また、比較例2は、化合物A-1-1の現像溶解性が低く、ラインアンドスペースパターンが形成できず、××評価とした。
<Fine Line Adhesion> Substrate Adhesion of Fine Line Pattern The photosensitive compositions obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were applied onto a glass substrate (EAGLEXG manufactured by Corning, 100 mm×100 mm×0.7 mm) using a spin coater. The photosensitive composition on the glass substrate was heated at 70° C. for 120 seconds to form a coating film with a thickness of 8.0 μm. Through a negative mask designed to form a line-and-space pattern on the formed coating film with an exposure gap of 50 μm and 13 types of lines with widths varying from 8 μm to 1 μm in increments of 1 μm in the range of 8 μm to 20 μm. Then, a proximity exposure apparatus (product name: TME-150RTO, manufactured by Topcon Corporation) was used to irradiate (exposure) mixed light of g, h, and i lines. The exposure dose was 20 mJ/cm 2 . Puddle development was performed by dropping an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) having a concentration of 2.38% by mass onto the exposed coating film, and then allowing the film to stand still for 60 seconds. The developed coating film was heated (post-baked) at 100° C. for 20 minutes to obtain a patterned cured film (resist pattern) of the photosensitive composition.
The obtained cured film was observed with an optical microscope, and the minimum width (μm) at which a line-and-space pattern was formed without peeling is described in the "minimum width" column of Table 1.
In addition, the case where peeling was not observed in the line portion of the line and space pattern with a width of 10 μm was evaluated as ◯, and the case where peeling was observed in the line portion with the line and space pattern with a width of 10 μm was evaluated as x. Note that the peeling was caused by development. In Comparative Example 2, the development solubility of compound A-1-1 was low, and a line-and-space pattern could not be formed, and was evaluated as XX.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
 表1に示すように、アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)としての上記の化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物と、シランカップリング剤(D)としてのラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)とを組み合わせて含む実施例1の感光性組成物を用いた場合、幅8μmの細線であっても基板密着性に優れており、低温でポストベークを行っても、微細にパターニングされ且つ基板への密着性に優れる硬化物を形成できることが分かる。また、実施例1の感光性組成物を用いて形成された硬化物は、溶剤耐性にも優れ、また、波長400nmでの光線透過率も高かった。
 他方、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)の代わりに、ラジカル重合性基含有基ではないエポキシ基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤を用いた比較例1では、現像時に剥がれが生じ、基板への密着性に劣る細線であった。また、上記の化合物(A-1)とエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物の代わりに、上記の化合物A-1-1を用いた比較例2の感光性組成物は、パターンが形成できなかった。
As shown in Table 1, the reaction product of the above compound (A-1) as the alkali-soluble resin (A) and the epoxy compound (A-2), and the radically polymerizable group as the silane coupling agent (D) When the photosensitive composition of Example 1 containing the silane coupling agent (D1) having a containing group was used in combination, even a thin line with a width of 8 μm exhibited excellent adhesion to the substrate, and post-baking was performed at a low temperature. It can be seen that a cured product which is finely patterned and which has excellent adhesion to the substrate can be formed even if it is carried out. Moreover, the cured product formed using the photosensitive composition of Example 1 was excellent in solvent resistance and had a high light transmittance at a wavelength of 400 nm.
On the other hand, in Comparative Example 1 using a silane coupling agent having an epoxy group-containing group that is not a radically polymerizable group-containing group instead of the silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group, peeling occurred during development. This resulted in fine lines with poor adhesion to the substrate. Further, the photosensitive composition of Comparative Example 2 using the compound A-1-1 instead of the reaction product of the compound (A-1) and the epoxy compound (A-2) formed a pattern. could not.

Claims (9)

  1.  アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)と、光重合開始剤(C)と、シランカップリング剤(D)とを含み、
     前記アルカリ可溶性樹脂(A)が、下記式(a-1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式(a-1)中、Xは、下記式(a-2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    で表される基を示し、Zは、テトラカルボン酸二無水物から2つのカルボン酸無水物基を除いた残基を示し、Ra0は、水素原子又は-CO-Y-COOHで表される基を示し、Yは、ジカルボン酸無水物からカルボン酸無水物基を除いた残基を示し、t1は、0以上20以下の整数を示し、
     式(a-2)中、Ra1は、それぞれ独立に水素原子、炭素原子数1以上6以下の炭化水素基、又はハロゲン原子を示し、Ra2は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基を示し、Ra3は、それぞれ独立に直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基を示し、t2は、0又は1を示し、Wは、下記式(a-3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    で表される基を示し、
     式(a-3)中の環Aは、芳香族環と縮合していてもよく置換基を有していてもよい脂肪族環を示す。)
    で表される化合物(A-1)と、オキシラン環以外の環式構造を含み、且つ、前記環式構造に結合する3以上のエポキシ基含有基を有するエポキシ化合物(A-2)との反応物を含み、
     前記シランカップリング剤(D)が、ラジカル重合性基含有基を有するシランカップリング剤(D1)を含む、感光性組成物。
    Contains an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerization initiator (C), and a silane coupling agent (D),
    The alkali-soluble resin (A) has the following formula (a-1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In formula (a-1), X a is the following formula (a-2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    Z a represents a residue obtained by removing two carboxylic anhydride groups from tetracarboxylic dianhydride, and R a0 is a hydrogen atom or —CO—Y a —COOH. Y a represents a residue obtained by removing the carboxylic anhydride group from the dicarboxylic anhydride, t1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 20 or less,
    In formula (a-2), R a1 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom, and R a2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. , R a3 each independently represents a linear or branched alkylene group, t2 represents 0 or 1, and W a represents the following formula (a-3):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    represents a group represented by
    Ring A in formula (a-3) represents an aliphatic ring which may be condensed with an aromatic ring and which may have a substituent. )
    and an epoxy compound (A-2) containing a cyclic structure other than an oxirane ring and having three or more epoxy group-containing groups bonded to the cyclic structure. including things
    The photosensitive composition, wherein the silane coupling agent (D) contains a silane coupling agent (D1) having a radically polymerizable group-containing group.
  2.  前記ラジカル重合性基含有基が、(メタ)アクリロイル基含有基である、請求項1に記載の感光性組成物。 The photosensitive composition according to claim 1, wherein the radically polymerizable group-containing group is a (meth)acryloyl group-containing group.
  3.  前記反応物は、前記エポキシ化合物(A-2)1質量部に対して、前記化合物(A-1)を5質量部以上90質量部以下の範囲で反応させて得られる、請求項1又は2に記載の感光性組成物。 Claim 1 or 2, wherein the reactant is obtained by reacting 1 part by mass of the epoxy compound (A-2) with 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less of the compound (A-1). The photosensitive composition according to .
  4.  前記エポキシ化合物(A-2)が、下記式(A-2a)又は下記式(A-2b):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(A-2a)中、Xa1、Xa2、及びXa3は、エポキシ基含有基であり、
    式(A-2b)中、Xa4、及びXa5は、エポキシ基含有基、又はアルキル基であり、x1個のXa4及びx1個のXa5のうちの少なくとも3つは前記エポキシ基含有基であり、x1は3以上の整数である。)
    で表される化合物である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感光性組成物。
    The epoxy compound (A-2) is represented by the following formula (A-2a) or the following formula (A-2b):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In formula (A-2a), X a1 , X a2 and X a3 are epoxy group-containing groups,
    In formula (A-2b), X a4 and X a5 are an epoxy group-containing group or an alkyl group, and at least three of x1 X a4 and x1 X a5 are the epoxy group-containing groups and x1 is an integer of 3 or more. )
    The photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is a compound represented by
  5.  前記エポキシ化合物が、前記式(A-2b)で表される化合物であり、エポキシ基含有基が、エポキシシクロアルキルアルキル基である、請求項4に記載の感光性組成物。 The photosensitive composition according to claim 4, wherein the epoxy compound is the compound represented by the formula (A-2b), and the epoxy group-containing group is an epoxycycloalkylalkyl group.
  6.  さらに、前記シランカップリング剤(D1)に該当しない光重合性モノマー(B)を含む、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の感光性組成物。 The photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, further comprising a photopolymerizable monomer (B) that does not correspond to the silane coupling agent (D1).
  7.  請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性組成物の硬化物。 A cured product of the photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6.
  8.  基板上に、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の感光性組成物を塗布して塗布膜を形成することと、
     前記塗布膜を位置選択的に露光することと、
     露光された前記塗布膜を現像液により現像することと、を含むパターン化された硬化膜の製造方法。
    Forming a coating film by applying the photosensitive composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6 on a substrate;
    position-selectively exposing the coating film;
    and developing the exposed coating film with a developer.
  9.  現像された前記塗布膜に対してポストベークを行う、請求項8に記載の硬化膜の製造方法。 The method for producing a cured film according to claim 8, wherein the developed coating film is post-baked.
PCT/JP2022/044585 2021-12-28 2022-12-02 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film WO2023127402A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021214634 2021-12-28
JP2021-214634 2021-12-28

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023127402A1 true WO2023127402A1 (en) 2023-07-06

Family

ID=86998896

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/044585 WO2023127402A1 (en) 2021-12-28 2022-12-02 Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2023127402A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003089716A (en) * 2001-02-20 2003-03-28 Nagase Chemtex Corp Alkali-soluble unsaturated resin and radiation-sensitive resin composition including the same
JP2007183495A (en) * 2006-01-10 2007-07-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Substrate with protrusion for liquid crystal divided alignment control formed using alkali developable photosensitive resin composition, and liquid crystal display device
JP2012241083A (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-12-10 Adeka Corp Epoxy compound, and polymerizable composition containing the same
JP2014201710A (en) * 2013-04-09 2014-10-27 ナガセケムテックス株式会社 Photosensitive alkali soluble resin
WO2018051940A1 (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 株式会社Adeka Curable composition and cured product

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2003089716A (en) * 2001-02-20 2003-03-28 Nagase Chemtex Corp Alkali-soluble unsaturated resin and radiation-sensitive resin composition including the same
JP2007183495A (en) * 2006-01-10 2007-07-19 Toppan Printing Co Ltd Substrate with protrusion for liquid crystal divided alignment control formed using alkali developable photosensitive resin composition, and liquid crystal display device
JP2012241083A (en) * 2011-05-18 2012-12-10 Adeka Corp Epoxy compound, and polymerizable composition containing the same
JP2014201710A (en) * 2013-04-09 2014-10-27 ナガセケムテックス株式会社 Photosensitive alkali soluble resin
WO2018051940A1 (en) * 2016-09-16 2018-03-22 株式会社Adeka Curable composition and cured product

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP2018070695A (en) Colorant dispersion liquid, photosensitive resin composition, cured product, organic el element, patterning method, and method for producing photosensitive resin composition
JP2018013716A (en) Photosensitive resin composition, cured film, color filter, and method for producing cured film
JP2018116151A (en) Resin composition, black matrix, display device, and method of manufacturing black matrix
JP2018072398A (en) Photosensitive composition, and method for forming cured film
JP6813399B2 (en) Method of forming a cured film and method of manufacturing a plated model
JP6944819B2 (en) Resin composition, cured film, color filter, and method for producing cured film
JP2018185512A (en) Photosensitive resin composition for forming black column spacer, black column spacer, display device and method for forming black column spacer
CN113515010A (en) Photosensitive composition, method for producing patterned cured film, and patterned cured film
WO2023127402A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film
JP7249119B2 (en) Photosensitive resin composition, method for producing patterned cured film, and cured film
WO2021106805A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
WO2023127401A1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing patterned cured film
JP7313472B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, and method for producing cured product
JP2022013302A (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, method for producing cured film, and resin
JP2023174312A (en) Photosensitive resin composition and method for producing substrate having patterned resin film
JP7263153B2 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, black matrix, black bank, color filter, image display device, and method for producing patterned cured film
JP2023097940A (en) photosensitive composition
KR102579983B1 (en) Photosensitive composition, cured film, display device, and method for forming patterned cured film
JP2024018491A (en) Photosensitive composition, method for producing patterned cured product, patterned cured product and black matrix
JP2023147017A (en) photosensitive composition
CN113515011A (en) Photosensitive composition, method for producing patterned cured film, and patterned cured film
JP2023125704A (en) Manufacturing method of optical element, optical element and photosensitive composition
TW202146373A (en) Photosensitive composition, cured product, manufacturing method of cured product, and photopolymerizable composition containing an alkali-soluble resin (A), a photopolymerizable compound (B), a photopolymerization initiator (C) and a solvent (S)
JP2022175020A (en) Photosensitive resin, negative photosensitive resin composition, method for producing patterned cured film and carboxy group-containing resin
JP2023034976A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition, and method for producing patterned cured product

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22915633

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1